|
|
|
ESL Podcast - Previous Episodes Podcast
|
|
|
|
|
Product Details
Description
These are the previous episodes of English as a Second Language Podcast from ESLPod.com. For the new episodes, please go to our other feed or visit our website. ESL Podcast is brought to you by Dr. Lucy Tse and Dr. Jeff McQuillan of the Center for Educational Development.
People Who Liked ESL Podcast - Previous Episodes Podcast Also Liked:
Reviews & Ratings
User Reviews Rate this title
Wonderful
Reviewer mor2020
December 07, 2007
Well done!
Podcast Episodes
 Podcast Feed URL: |
799 - Dealing With the Heat
Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jun 15, 2012
If you’re a hot child in the city, running wild and looking pretty, then you need to cool down by listening to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:09
Explanations: 2:43
Fast dialogue: 14:15
Jolene: I’m sweating like a pig. When is this heat wave going to end?
Eric: I’ve no idea, but I’m not moving a muscle until it does. Hand me that pitcher of iced tea, would you?
Jolene: Get it yourself. I’m not moving until it drops below 80 degrees.
Eric: It’s not the temperature. It’s the humidity. It’s not even the dog days of summer yet and it’s scorching outside.
Jolene: It’s scorching inside, too. Why can’t that fan move any faster? Remind me why we moved into an apartment with no air conditioner?
Eric: We couldn’t afford an apartment with an air conditioner. We were lucky to get this place.
Jolene: I don’t feel so lucky right now. My legs are stuck to this chair and I’ve sweated through my clothes.
Eric: We could buy a portable air conditioner.
Jolene: We can?
Eric: Yeah, but you’d have to get up.
Jolene: Ugh, let’s do it tomorrow.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) 
Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #350 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 13, 2012Topics: Famous Americans: Thelonious Monk; the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (food stamps); pen name; tingling versus stabbing versus burning; gringo
Words:
giant
self-taught
to compose
to get credit
unorthodox
record company
nutritious
food stamp
strict
abuse
poverty line
to trickle down
pen name
tingling
stabbing
burning
gringo
Download File - 14.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
798 - Being Cautious or Thrill-Seeking Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jun 11, 2012Do you like taking risks, or playing it safe? Learn how to find your opposite in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 2:57
Fast dialogue: 16:50
Paula: Did you get an invitation to Kip and Sheri’s wedding?
Robert: Yeah, I did. I’m still trying to wrap my head around the two of them getting married. Never in my wildest dreams would I put those two together. It boggles my mind that they’re in the least compatible.
Paula: What do you mean?
Robert: Sheri is really adventurous and definitely a thrill-seeker.
Paula: Maybe she’s mellowed over the years.
Robert: I don’t think so, and Kip is the opposite. He’s always toed the line and I don’t think he has an adventurous bone in his body.
Paula: I’ve never thought of Kip as being uptight.
Robert: No, he’s not uptight. He’s just very cautious. You’d never find him looking for an adrenaline rush or even a little novelty.
Paula: You know what they say: opposites attract.
Robert: If that’s true, then in their case, polar opposites attract!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
797 - Managing a Classroom Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jun 08, 2012No more teachers, no more books! School’s out for summer, but not forever. Learn about the difficult job of managing a classroom in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:04
Explanations: 2:57
Fast dialogue: 14:07
After three months of summer vacation, I was looking forward to the start of a new school year.
...
Okay, everybody, settle down. Take your seats and get out your textbook.
Charlie, eyes on your own book. And Kathy, do you have something to share with the rest of the class? No? Then put that away until recess.
Now, does anyone know the answer to this question I’ve written on the board? Don’t everybody speak at once. Raise your hand if you have an answer. Patrick, wait your turn. Therese raised her hand first.
Michael and Stephen, no talking in the back of the classroom. Tim, sit still and eyes forward. Pay attention. Mark, are you paying attention? I just called on you.
Duane and Frank, I don’t see you two jotting down the assignment for tomorrow.
Okay, everybody, read silently at your desks for the next 10 minutes.
...
I always forget how exhausting it is to manage a classroom full of students. How many months is it before our next summer vacation?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #349 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 06, 2012Topics: Migrant Farming in the U.S.; American Cities: Palm Springs, CA; patronizing versus condescending; to right every wrong; to belong to versus to belong with
Words:
migrant worker
manual labor
slave
plantation
to deport
tactic
boycott
toxic
playground
Hollywood types
high-end
boutique
patronizing
condescending
to right every wrong
to belong
Download File - 13.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
796 - Setting Up Conference Calls and Videoconferences Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jun 04, 2012Why travel to a meeting when you can have a videoconference? Find out how to do it in English on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:13
Explanations: 3:44
Fast dialogue: 16:46
Ewan: Who’s running the videoconference next week?
Petra: I am. Desmond put me in charge of it last week.
Ewan: Oh, somebody’s moving up in the world. It’s nice that he’s giving you more responsibility.
Petra: Yeah, but I’m not sure I’m ready.
Ewan: I’ve set up conference calls and videoconferences before. Maybe you can tell me what you’ve already done and I can see if you’ve missed anything.
Petra: That would be great. Okay, I’ve scheduled the meeting for 3:00...
Ewan: Stop right there. If the videoconference is at 3:00 here, it’s already 6:00 on the East Coast. That’s too late to start the meeting, don’t you think?
Petra: Oh, I didn’t factor in time zones! But I still have time to reschedule, I think, so it’s not a total catastrophe.
Ewan: Good. Be sure to initiate the call or the connection at least 10 minutes before the time of the meeting, and make sure you know how to reconnect someone if they get disconnected during the meeting.
Petra: I still need to figure that out.
Ewan: Are you facilitating the meeting, too?
Petra: I don’t know. I guess so.
Ewan: In that case, make sure you identify each person by greeting them by name.
Petra: I was hoping to lurk in the background in case something went wrong. I’d be ready to troubleshoot.
Ewan: If Desmond put you in charge of setting up the meeting, he’ll want you to take a more active part.
[Petra breathing heavily]
Ewan: What are you doing?
Petra: Hyperventilating. I don’t think I’m ready for this.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
795 - Ordering Coffee and Tea Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jun 01, 2012Learn how to order a cup of coffee or tea in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:27
Explanations: 2:53
Fast dialogue: 16:00
Jermaine: I’d like a decaf drip, to go.
Drew: Would you like our light or dark roast?
Jermaine: I'll just have whatever's freshly brewed.
Drew: Are you sure you don’t want to try an espresso, an Americano, or a latte?
Jermaine: No, just a decaf coffee.
Drew: Sure, no problem. Would you like it hot or cold?
Jermaine: Hot, please.
Drew: Would you like any room for cream?
Jermaine: No, thanks.
Drew: Would you like some sweetener? A couple of pumps of syrup maybe?
Jermaine: No, I’ll add a couple of packets of sugar myself.
Drew: Oh, I’m sorry. I added some foam from another drink to your coffee by accident. I’ll have to start over. Did you say you wanted the light or dark roast?
Jermaine: Forget it. Let’s keep it simple. Give me a cup of tea.
Drew: Would you like that hot or cold, sweetened or unsweetened, loose leaf or in a tea bag?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #348 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 30, 2012Topics: American Presidents: Ulysses S. Grant; James Beard and the James Beard Foundation Awards; limit versus border versus confine; sound; life-affirming
Words:
particularly
civilian
to surrender
Reconstruction
amnesty
to mar
to annex
destitute
memoir
catering company
cuisine
foundation
limit
border
confine
sound
life-affirming
Download File - 15.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
794 - Getting Over a Fight Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 28, 2012It’s better to forgive and forget after you’ve had a fight or argument with someone. Learn how to do it in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:08
Explanations: 2:44
Fast dialogue: 15:30
Alisa: Don’t be mad.
Sabir: I’m not mad.
Alisa: Yes, you are. I’m sorry. I admit it was my fault. Will you stop moping now?
Sabir: I’m not moping. I’m giving you the silent treatment.
Alisa: I knew it! You’re still peeved at me. What can I do to make it up to you?
Sabir: You can leave me alone.
Alisa: If I leave you alone to stew, you’ll replay the whole incident in your head and the next thing I know, you’ll hold a grudge against me. Won’t you just forgive me so we can move on?
Sabir: What you said wasn’t just a slight. It was an out-and-out insult.
Alisa: I know it was and I’m truly sorry. I’ll buy you lunch at your favorite restaurant to show you how contrite I am.
Sabir: And you won’t say it again?
Alisa: I promise I’ll never tell you again in front of your friends how much you look like Elvis – in his later years.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
793 - Signing Professional Athletes Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, May 25, 2012Professional athletes make a lot of money. Find out how to get one on your team in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:24
Explanations: 2:51
Fast dialogue: 16:11
Nick: I don’t care what it takes. I want Robinson on my team next year.
Jamie: He’ll be a free agent and he’ll be fielding a lot of offers. I don’t know if we can make him an attractive enough deal.
Nick: We’ll offer him a signing bonus. That should sweeten the deal.
Jamie: I’m afraid that may not be enough. Don’t forget that he was a first-round pick in the draft.
Nick: Then we’ll give him a no-trade clause. With that, he’ll be calling the shots and won’t have to worry about being traded to a team he doesn’t want to be on. He should be happy with that.
Jamie: I don’t know. His agent expects a lot of competing offers. We’ll have to pull out all the stops if we want to land him.
Nick: Then we’ll do it. We won’t be bested by any other team.
Jamie: Like last year.
Nick: Last year? Don’t remind me of last year!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #347 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 23, 2012Topics: American Authors: Erle Stanley Gardner and the Perry Mason TV Series; Boys & Girls Clubs of America; who versus which versus that; It ain’t over till the fat lady sings; to go/be all in
Words:
detective
self-taught
pseudonym
pulp magazine
case
retainer
adaptation
last resort
verdict
to enable
full potential
affordable
who
which
that
It ain’t over till the fat lady sings
to go/be all in
Download File - 14.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
792 - Business Zoning Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 21, 2012Trying to start a new business but don’t know where to put your store or office? Learn all about zoning laws in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:03
Explanations: 3:21
Fast dialogue: 17:47
Sybil: Oh, this is it! This is the perfect location for our new store!
Leo: Sorry, but this space isn’t zoned for retail. It’s zoned for offices.
Sybil: But couldn’t we get the zoning commission to re-zone it?
Leo: That’s not an easy process. The city’s urban planners decided that this space would be best suited for offices. Changing their minds won't be easy.
Sybil: I’ve heard that a lot of new developments are being zoned for mixed-use. That’s all we need to do. We just need this building to be re-zoned for mixed-use. Then, we can use the space downstairs for commercial purposes and use the upstairs space for offices or even housing.
Leo: This area was zoned for industrial purposes over 30 years ago. It took 10 years for it to be re-zoned for offices. It may take another 10 years to get it re-zoned for commercial purposes. Do you think you can wait 10 years to open your store?
Sybil: No, I guess not. What if I rented this space for an office and then ran my store out of it?
Leo: You’ll never get a business license for your store if you do that. Each type of zoning has different ordinances and the inspector won’t be fooled.
Sybil: All right. I’ll look for another space, but nothing will live up to this one.
Leo: That’s the spirit!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
791 - Taking Photographs Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, May 18, 2012Learn how to take your pictures in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:03
Explanations: 2:47
Fast dialogue: 13:49
Ryan: Stop mugging for the camera and stand still!
Katrina: I’ve been standing still for 10 minutes, while you’ve been setting up the shot. I have to do something. This is boring!
Ryan: I almost have the settings right. Okay, let’s try a shot. Say “cheese.”
Katrina: Cheese.
Ryan: Oh, you look washed out in that shot and it’s blurry. I think the flash came on when I didn’t want it to. You have red-eye, too. I’ll have to adjust the settings again.
Katrina: Hurry up!
Ryan: Okay, I think I’ve got it now. Get back into your pose. Lift your head a little to the side and face the sun…
Katrina: Take the picture!
Ryan: I just need to focus. There! Say “cheese” again.
Katrina: Cheese.
Ryan: Um, it’s still not perfect. Let me put the camera on a tripod. Try to stay still while I do that.
Katrina: I thought you wanted this shot to look like a candid.
Ryan: I do, but how am I supposed to make it look like a perfect candid if you keep moving out of your pose?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #346 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 16, 2012Topics: Ask an American: Innovation; pain versus sorrow versus woe; manhood; to be over someone versus to be all over someone
Words:
show and tell
to stumble across
to trigger
association
unpredictable
to kill
creativity
to undermine
to stimulate
autonomy
mindset
mechanism
inevitable
pain
sorrow
woe
manhood
to be over (someone)
to be all over (someone)
Download File - 15.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
790 - Giving Birth to Twins Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 14, 2012It’s a boy! And a girl!! And another boy! And…well, you get the idea. Have lots of babies in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 0:54
Explanations: 2:19
Fast dialogue: 13:30
Jerome: Congratulations! I just heard that you’re pregnant with twins.
Paula: Thanks. We’re very excited, although I’m a little worried about a multiple birth.
Jerome: I come from a long line of multiple births. My father is an identical twin and he had cousins who are fraternal twins.
Paula: I see what you mean.
Jerome: That’s not even the half of it. My maternal grandmother gave birth to triplets and my aunt had quadruplets.
Paula: Wow, multiple births certainly run in your family. What about your immediate family?
Jerome: You’re not going to believe this, but my mother had octuplets. I have seven brothers and sisters the same age.
Paula: And all of you survived?
Jerome: Yup, every single one of us. We often joke that my mother didn’t have babies. She had a litter!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
789 - Taking Care of Pets Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, May 11, 2012Teach your pet English with this episode, or at least learn how to talk about him.
Slow dialogue: 1:26
Explanations: 3:02
Fast dialogue: 15:40
Magda: Oooh, he’s so cute. When did you get him?
Tony: Yesterday. I’m training him to do tricks.
Magda: Really? Are you having any luck?
Tony: No, not yet. So far, he just lies there, but maybe he’s hungry and doesn’t have any energy to play. I’m going to feed him a few treats and give him some water in his bowl.
Magda: Uh, okay.
Tony: And then later, I’m going to take him for a walk. Here are the new collar and leash I bought for him. I’ll be sure to bring his carrier in case he gets too tired to walk.
Magda: Whatever you say. Are you sure you need to do all that?
Tony: Oh, sure. It’s important to keep pets healthy and happy, don’t you think? I’m going to groom him later. I wouldn’t want him to get fleas or ticks. Maybe I should take him to see the vet for a checkup.
Magda: I really don’t think that’ll be necessary. Tony, you do know that that’s a pet rock, right?
Tony: Yeah, what’s your point?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #345 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 09, 2012Topics: Famous Americans: Magic Johnson; the role of ham radio operators in the U.S.; understanding versus knowledge versus acquaintance; below the waist and below the belt; earth to (someone)
Words:
drafted
stats
abruptly
MVP
safe sex
commentator
to keep (something) in check
ham radio
to suspend
licensed
to rise to prominence
to wipe out
understanding
knowledge
acquaintance
below the waist
below the belt
earth to (someone)
Download File - 15.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
788 - Being Conservative and Daring Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 07, 2012Sometimes you have to take a risk to get what you want. Find out how in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:11
Explanations: 3:00
Fast dialogue: 15:33
Wendy: I really don’t think Monty is the right person for this project. He’s too conservative in his thinking. We need someone who’s a risk taker.
Burt: Monty will get the job done. That’s the most important thing.
Wendy: Not if the finished product is staid and boring. Our client won’t be happy with that.
Burt: Okay, who do you have in mind?
Wendy: I was thinking of giving the project to Lorenzo.
Burt: Lorenzo? Well, he certainly likes to push the envelope, but he’s also a loose cannon. Sometimes his ideas pan out and sometimes they fall flat.
Wendy: But Lorenzo is bold and daring. Did you see what he did on his last project? It was genius!
Burt: It was reckless. It was only through sheer luck that everything worked out. I know that Monty’s ideas are more conventional and low-key, but they’re also tried-and-true. But, in the end, it’s your call.
Wendy: In that case, I’m going with Lorenzo. I’m sure he’ll do a great job.
Burt: I hope so. I wouldn’t want us to end up with egg on our face.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
787 - Speaking to a Baby or Young Child Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, May 04, 2012If you want to speak to your baby in English, here are some phrases you might want to use.
Slow dialogue: 1:11
Explanations: 2:46
Fast dialogue: 15:07
My sister had to go out of town for a couple of days and I offered to look after her 18-month-old twins. It wasn’t long before I realized that I was over my head!
...
Colleen: Okay, you two, it’s time to go beddy-bye.
Baby: No!
Colleen: Yes, let’s get your jammies on. You can keep your binkie for now. Your blankie is already in your bed and it’s time to go night-night.
Baby: Potty!
Colleen: Okay, once you have your jammies on, we’ll go potty. What’s the matter, Mark?
Baby: Owie!
Colleen: You have an owie? Where? In your tummy? Oh, you have a boo-boo on your finger. No, don’t stick your wet finger in your brother’s ear. That’s icky. Wait one teensy-weensy minute and I’ll put a band-aid on it.
Baby: Whee!
Colleen: Michael, you can’t jump off the chair like that. That’s a no-no. Oopsie-daisy!
Baby: Waaaaa!
...
Michael had learned his lesson and so had I!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #344 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 02, 2012Topics: American Playwrights: Tennessee Williams; how to become a real estate agent; thief versus burglar versus robber versus mugger; to sell someone a bill of goods; to hold up one’s end of a bargain; momentum
Words:
hit
menagerie
dysfunctional family
by far
adapted for the screen
most accomplished
to account for
real estate
agent
to afford
real estate broker
background check
thief
burglar
robber
mugger
to sell someone a bill of goods
to hold up one’s end of a bargain
momentum
Download File - 14.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
786 - Going to a Bar Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 30, 2012Party on, people! Learn how to talk about going to a bar in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:02
Explanations: 2:53
Fast dialogue: 14:20
I’d been complaining to a coworker, Amy, about having to move to the burbs for my job. She said that there were plenty of things to do outside of the city and invited me to a bar she likes.
...
Amy: Hey, there you are.
Mykhailo: Hey, so this is the famous McQ’s you’ve been talking about.
Amy: This is it. What would you like to drink? They have several beers on tap and pretty good well drinks.
Mykhailo: I think I’ll get a couple of shots.
Amy: On a Wednesday night? You guys do party hard in the city.
Mykhailo: I’ve had a really rough week and I welcome any excuse to let my hair down. That said, I won’t be getting stinking drunk on a school night. You were right. This place is nice. It even has a dance floor.
Amy: On the weekends, there’s a live band or a DJ, although there’s also a cover charge on Fridays and Saturdays.
Mykhailo: So you do know how to party in the burbs.
Amy: Didn’t I tell you?
Mykhailo: But for me to get a thorough impression of the burbs, I’ll have to come here to check it out this weekend. What are you doing Saturday night?
Amy: Actually, I plan on coming here.
Mykhailo: Want some company?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
785 - Consulting a Pharmacist Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 27, 2012Learn how to ask for drugs at a pharmacy in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:12
Explanations: 3:33
Fast dialogue: 17:18
Pharmacist: Can I help you?
Sanaz: Yes, I had some questions for the pharmacist.
Pharmacist: I’m the pharmacist. How can I help you?
Sanaz: Can I fill these prescriptions here?
Pharmacist: Yes, you can. Just give those to the pharmacy technician and she’ll take care of you.
Sanaz: The reason I ask is that I’m hoping there’s a home remedy for my problems so I don’t have to pay for prescription medication.
Pharmacist: If you’ve already seen a doctor, then I would follow his or her instructions on what to do, including taking these medications.
Sanaz: All right, but I have some other problems.
Pharmacist: Like what?
Sanaz: I have a rash on my arm. See? Is there an over-the-counter medication I can use?
Pharmacist: That doesn’t look too serious. You can find medications for rashes on aisle three. I would recommend a cream made by McQ Pharmaceuticals. Use it for a few days and monitor it to see if it improves. If not, you may want to see your doctor about it.
Sanaz: Okay, thanks. I also have allergies.
Pharmacist: There are several drugstore medications for allergies.
Sanaz: I already take those. What I want to know is if there is something I can do about the headaches I get from the allergies?
Pharmacist: Pain relievers are on aisle four. Let me show you where they are.
Sanaz: Oh, thank you. On the way there, I’ll tell you about my other health problems. I need eye drops for my dry eyes, pills for my insomnia, something for my back pain...
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #343 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Apr 25, 2012Topics: Famous Americans: Mary Tyler Moore; Famous Songs: "Dem Bones"; to straighten up versus to straighten out; (you’re) tripping; to get/fall into the groove
Words:
big break
to be cast
sitcom
eponymous
newsroom
opening sequence
encouraging
awfully
diabetes
spiritual
prophet
to rise
straighten up
straighten out
tripping
to get/fall into the groove
Download File - 15.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
784 - Socializing With Clients Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 23, 2012Sometimes doing business can be fun, like when your company pays for your food and drinks. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:18
Explanations: 2:38
Fast dialogue: 15:51
Georgia: Do you know what the best part is of my new promotion? The expense account! I can’t wait to wine and dine our clients.
Dan: The purpose of the expense account is to win over new clients and to keep our current clients happy. It’s not a personal slush fund, you know.
Georgia: I know. The point is to network and to build client relationships – blah-blah-blah.
Dan: Schmoozing is part of our job and it’s not something to be taken lightly.
Georgia: Of course not. But I’m looking forward to attending charity events to rub elbows with the business elite. Free food, free booze, and free entertainment. What more could I ask for?
Dan: Talk to me in three months after you’ve had a few too many plates of rubber chicken!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
783 - Different Political Philosophies Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 20, 2012Whether you’re a capitalist, a socialist, or a communist, you will love this episode about political philosophies.
Slow dialogue: 1:20
Explanations: 3:26
Fast dialogue: 15:03
Carla: Our government should do more to help people who can’t find jobs.
Adam: Be careful. You’re starting to sound like a socialist. Haven’t you always said that you’re a staunch capitalist?
Carla: Of course, I’m a capitalist, but that doesn’t mean I think the government should be completely hands-off. We pay taxes and the government has a responsibility to take care of its citizens.
Adam: Ooo, now you’re sounding like a communist. Next thing I know, you’ll be calling for a revolution.
Carla: I’m serious. I think the government should help people find jobs and pay for their living expenses until they get back on their feet.
Adam: Okay, but in a capitalistic society, you’re subject to market forces. If people aren’t buying, businesses aren’t producing or providing services. That puts people out of work. Do you think the government should intervene?
Carla: I just think the government should do more, that’s all.
Adam: Okay, but that would mean higher taxes.
Carla: Yes, we should tax the rich, the more the better.
Adam: Aren’t you among the top 10 percent of income earners?
Carla: I mean they should tax the one percent!
Adam: Pass the buck, you mean.
Carla: No, I mean we need better distribution of wealth. Are you with me or against me?
Adam: That depends on when you’re planning to start the revolution, comrade.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #342 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Apr 18, 2012Topics: Movie: Apocalypse Now; getting your child into a private school, K-12; relating to versus related to; down with (the king); to qualify
Words:
apocalypse
to be set in
renegade
to command
mission
horror
napalm
triumphant
ambitious
transcript
prestigious
reference
relating to
related to
down with
to qualify
Download File - 13.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
782 - Expressing Bitter Feelings Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 16, 2012Sometimes the person you love is the person you hate. Learn how things get that way in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:10
Explanations: 3:01
Fast dialogue: 13:03
Laurent: I’m done with women! They’re liars and manipulators.
Julie: Let me guess. You’ve had a bad breakup?
Laurent: It wasn’t just bad. It was monumentally awful. I’m never going to date again.
Julie: You’re just feeling bitter right now, but you’ll get over it. You won’t always feel so jaded. Wait a second. Did you break up with Brittany?
Laurent: Yeah, I’ve told you about her before.
Julie: I remember. Don’t you guys have an on-again, off-again relationship? I mean haven’t you guys broken up before?
Laurent: Yeah, but this was the absolute end. We’re not getting back together.
Julie: But didn’t you say that three months ago? Maybe there’s still a chance for reconciliation.
Laurent: Absolutely not! Brittany walked all over me and didn’t care one iota about my feelings. I’ll never talk to her again. As far as I’m concerned, she’s persona non grata!
[Phone rings]
Julie: Hello. Oh hi, Brittany. Yes, he’s here. It’s Brittany and she wants to talk to you. Do you want to talk to her?
Laurent: Yes...no...yes! Oh, give me that phone!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
781 - Filming a TV Show or Movie Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 13, 2012Making movies, like making sausages, isn’t always a pretty sight. Learn how we do it in Hollywood in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:03
Explanations: 2:35
Fast dialogue: 15:25
Martin: Okay, quiet on the set! What are the extras doing over there? They’re not in the scene.
Stephanie: Sorry, I’ll get them off the set. Is this the lighting you wanted for this scene? If not, I can tell the lighting crew.
Martin: The lighting is fine, but this staging is all wrong. And can somebody turn off those sound effects? We’re not using them in this scene.
Stephanie: I’ll get right on that.
Martin: Where is the cast?
Stephanie: They’re on break because they thought we wouldn’t resume shooting until two o'clock.
Martin: That’s great! I have no cast, the sets are all wrong, I have extras milling around where they shouldn’t be, and where is my script?
Stephanie: It’s right here on your chair. Are you sure you don’t want to call it a day and start again in the morning?
Martin: I wish I had that luxury. Time is money and we’re already way over budget. I’ll be lucky if I still have the shirt on my back when this production is over!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #341 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Apr 11, 2012Topics: Ask an American: Historic court case on gender equal rights; incident versus accident; to throw good money after bad; adding shm- before another word
Words:
just
to have faith in
to right the wrong
trial court
appeals court
Supreme Court
pernicious
prediction
in the wake of
provision
code
overt
gender
incident
accident
to throw good money after bad
shm-
Download File - 13.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
780 - Being Sued Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 09, 2012The world is full of lawyers, and they need something to do with their time. Learn what happens when they sue you in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:21
Explanations: 3:33
Fast dialogue: 16:15
Ally: Hello, Ally McNeal.
Jerry: Ally, this is Jerry Mason. I need to talk to you right away. We’re being sued and we’ve just been served. This is one of those times I wish we had in-house counsel.
Ally: Jerry, you know that our firm will do its best to represent you, as we’ve done in the past. You can count on me and all of the attorneys in this office. How about if I come to your office this afternoon and we can discuss it?
Jerry: Okay, that’s great.
Ally: In the meantime, can you give me a brief rundown?
Jerry: Yeah, we’re being sued for negligence. In fact, it’s a class action suit against our company
Ally: All right. Can you fax or email me the papers so I can see what they’re alleging?
Jerry: Yes, I can do that. We really need your help with this, Ally. A lawsuit like this could ruin a company like ours.
Ally: Don’t panic. We’ll take a look at it and see if there’s any merit in the case. It might just be a frivolous lawsuit.
Jerry: If they have a case, you’ll have to find a loophole to get us out of this, or negotiate a settlement. The last thing I want is to go to court.
Ally: Let’s not get ahead of ourselves. We’ll discuss it this afternoon. And Jerry?
Jerry: Yeah?
Ally: In the meantime, try to lay off the coffee.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
779 - Giving CPR Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 06, 2012It’s good to know what do in in case of a medical emergency, like when someone has a heart attack or stops breathing. Learn more about it in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:13
Explanations: 2:39
Fast dialogue: 14:48
Joyce: Lie down on the floor.
Steve: Why?
Joyce: I have to practice for my CPR exam tomorrow. I’m taking it so I can get my CPR certification. Lie down please.
Steve: Okay, okay. Now what do I do?
Joyce: You just lie there and pretend to be unresponsive, like you’re in cardiac arrest. Okay, I need to determine your heart rate and if you’re breathing or not. Then, I check to see that your airway isn’t blocked.
Steve: Hey, get your fingers out of my mouth!
Joyce: Lie still! You’re lucky I don’t have to administer artificial respiration.
Steve: Thank God for small favors!
Joyce: But I do need to practice restoring your circulation by doing chest compressions.
Steve: Ouch, that hurts!
Joyce: You’re supposed to be unresponsive, remember? Hold still while I get the defibrillator.
Steve: Oh, no, you don’t! From now on, as far as you’re concerned, I'm a case of do not resuscitate!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #340 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Apr 04, 2012Topics: Rodney King Trial and the 1992 Riots; Dick Tracy detective stories; third world; from versus out of; to pull (oneself) together versus to get a hold of (oneself)
Words:
to beat
bystander
excessive force
baton
outraged
to acquit
riot
mob
curfew
detective
villain
cartoon
third world
from
out of
to pull (oneself) together/to get a hold of (oneself)
Download File - 13.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
778 - Getting Your Pocket Picked Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 02, 2012Be careful of thieves and robbers when you are in a busy place. Learn more in this episode about how not to get your wallet stolen.
Slow dialogue: 1:18
Explanations: 2:45
Fast dialogue: 15:00
Lenny: Wait a second. Where's my wallet?
Anita: It’s not in your back pocket?
Lenny: No, it’s in none of my pockets. My pocket’s been picked!
Anita: It must have happened when our attention was diverted by those boys fighting over there.
Lenny: I should have been paying more attention in a busy market like this. I felt someone bump me from behind, but it never occurred to me that someone could be lifting my wallet.
Anita: I’ve been clutching my purse, worried about purse-snatchers. I never thought anyone would be able to pick your pocket.
Lenny: Me, neither. I don’t know how I’m going to live this down. When the boys hear about this…
Anita: Come on, we’d better go file a police report. You never know. Maybe your wallet will turn up.
Lenny: Fat chance of that happening. This is really embarrassing…
Anita: Stop stalling. If there’s one thing I’ve learned after being a cop’s wife for 15 years is that you’ve got to face the music.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
777 - Supplies for Outdoor Recreation Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 30, 2012Going for a long hike? Be sure to bring the right things with you. Learn how to talk about them in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:20
Explanations: 3:05
Fast dialogue: 14:04
Jim: I shouldn't have let my brother pack my supplies for this trip. I was running late and he offered to do it.
Fumiko: What's the problem?
Jim: He doesn't know the first thing about hiking or camping. Look at this! My backpack is filled with bottles of water!
Fumiko: What's wrong with that?
Jim: He should have just packed me a water filter, instead of all these heavy bottles to lug around. And he forgot some of the most important supplies, like bug spray and a flashlight.
Fumiko: You're welcome to borrow any of our supplies. Here's some bug spray. Do you need matches?
Jim: Yeah, I do. My brother packed matches, but not in a waterproof bag. One of the bottles of water leaked and got them all wet. At least my tent and cook stove were spared.
Fumiko: Maybe your brother is telling you something.
Jim: What?
Fumiko: Maybe he wants to be included in your camping trips. Then, he'll learn what to do and what to bring.
Jim: You might have something there.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #339 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 28, 2012Topics: American Presidents: Herbert Hoover; knock-knock jokes; awful versus terrible versus terrific; initials in nicknames; that ship has sailed
Words:
starvation
Great Depression
to backfire
tariff
relief effort
to memorialize
dam
lighthearted
knock
punch line
pun
to bear with (someone)
awful
terrible
terrific
that ship has sailed
Download File - 13.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
776 - Getting Praise and Recognition Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 26, 2012I have not come to praise this episode, but to tell you about it. Learn all about recognitions and honors, then tell everyone how great it is!
Slow dialogue: 1:10
Explanations: 2:28
Fast dialogue: 13:26
Rene: Hey, look who's here. It's the company's golden boy.
Bruno: Very funny.
Rene: I'm not joking. First, you're recognized at the annual meeting for your work in the company, and then you get a commendation from the city for your volunteer work. I'm basking in your reflected glory.
Bruno: I didn't ask for either honor, as you well know. I'm not a glory hound.
Rene: Yes, and that's what makes it even more galling. You don't have to go seeking your glory; it comes to you.
Bruno: Knock it off! I like praise as much as the next guy, but I'd rather not be in the limelight.
Rene: I know. You're exceptional and you're modest about it. You're the perfect guy. You leave us mere mortals in the dust.
Bruno: I'm leaving. I know you love giving me a hard time, but remember this: I give as good as I get – and I have a long memory!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
775 - Making Repairs on the Outside of a House Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 23, 2012Things fall apart, especially on an old house. Learn how to fix them on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 0:57
Explanations: 2:26
Fast dialogue: 14:31
Maggie: Watch out! Are you okay?
Conrad: I'm fine, but I almost tripped over that crack in the driveway. We've got to get that fixed.
Maggie: I know it's a hazard, but first things first. We should fix those broken front steps, don't you think?
Conrad: I see what you mean.
Maggie: And we have to repair that part of the fence that's falling down. See? If it leans any more, we won't be able to open the gate.
Conrad: Oh, I didn't realize the fence was falling down. Yes, you're right, we should take care of those things first.
Maggie: And the porch light is out. I'm not sure if we just need to replace the bulb, or if it's an electrical issue.
Conrad: I didn't realize the outside of the house was in such disrepair. I've been traveling too much for work.
Maggie: I admit I've been putting off the repairs, too.
Conrad: All right, I know what we'll be doing this weekend – all weekend!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #338 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 21, 2012Topics: Famous Americans: Ansel Adams; Ben & Jerry's; to find out versus to figure out versus to seek; "too" constructions; dummy versus idiot
Words:
from that point on
to develop
portfolio
inspiring
gift shop
yummy
correspondence course
ice cream parlor
pint
to sell out
cone
scoop
to find out
to figure out
to seek
Download File - 15.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
774 - Describing Height and Build Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 19, 2012Learn how to describe someone's height and weight in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:19
Explanations: 3:05
Fast dialogue: 15:31
Gwen: Do you see that heavyset guy over there, the one towering over everyone else?
Denzel: Yeah, what about him?
Gwen: He's my ex-boyfriend. I haven't seen him in years. When I knew him he was really skinny. He's really put on a few pounds. It's amazing what a few years can do.
Denzel: None of us are as svelte as we used to be.
Gwen: That's true enough. I'm not as petite as I used to be, that's for sure.
Denzel: How come you've never mentioned this ex-boyfriend before?
Gwen: Oh, I'd almost forgotten about him. Oh, no. I hope that guy over there didn't see me.
Denzel: Who? That short, stocky guy?
Gwen: No, the average height guy who's walking this way. He's another one of my exes. I'd hoped never to see him again.
Denzel: It was a bad breakup?
Gwen: Right. Let's head toward the door.
Denzel: Why hadn't you mentioned him before?
Gwen: I thought I had. There have been so many...
Denzel: Don't look now, but your ex is also headed toward the door.
Gwen: Which one?
Denzel: The tall medium build guy walking next to you!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
773 - Dealing With Debt Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 16, 2012Neither a borrower nor a lender be, Shakespeare said. Ah, but he never had a credit card! Learn how to talk about debt in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:37
Explanations: 3:40
Fast dialogue: 18:03
Kristin: Let’s go shopping!
Ed: Wait a second. What are all these?
Kristin: They’re bills, but they don’t have to be paid yet. Don’t worry. Let’s go! There’s a new pair of shoes with my name on it.
Ed: Hold on a minute. This is a notice saying that you’re behind on your house payments and if you don’t pay soon, your house will go into foreclosure.
Kristin: Oh, they’re just bluffing. I’m only a little behind in my payments. I’ll get to it next week.
Ed: And this is a notice from your bank telling you that your car is being repossessed because you haven’t made a car payment in three months. Is that true?
Kristin: I refuse to look at anything as boring as a bill today.
Ed: And these are from the power company and the phone company. They’re going to cut off your services if you don’t pay now.
Kristin: If I could just charge those payments, I’d be okay.
Ed: Not with these credit cards. You’re maxed out. I’m surprised you haven’t heard from collection agencies already.
Kristin: Maybe I have. They can hound me all they want, but I’m not that behind on my payments. I’m tired of waiting. I’m going shopping with or without you.
Ed: You’re on your own. I refuse to help you toward your financial ruin!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #337 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 14, 2012Topics: Famous Authors: Stan and Jan Berenstain and the Berenstain Bears; getting married; to stand for versus to refer to (as); the past simple and the present perfect tenses; especially
Words:
illustrator
anthropomorphic
bumbling
to backfire
franchise
civil ceremony
to ordain
to propose
to elope
lingerie
bachelor
honeymoon
to stand for
to refer to as
to refer to
especially
Download File - 15.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
772 - Types of People at Work Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 12, 2012How would you describe the people you work with? Learn how to do it in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:06
Explanations: 2:51
Fast dialogue: 15:16
Raul: Thanks for showing me around on my first day.
Ursula: It’s no problem. I want to give you the lay of the land and tell you about the people you’ll be working with. For instance, that’s Julie over there. She’s really nice, but she’s also a perfectionist. If you ever work with her, remember that she’s a stickler about everything.
Raul: Okay, I’ll remember that.
Ursula: And Phil over there? He’s a slacker and a troublemaker. Stay away from him, far, far away.
Raul: Thanks for the warning.
Ursula: And that’s Luis. You’ll be working under him. He’s a slave driver and a workaholic, and he expects everybody else to be one, too.
Raul: That doesn’t sound good.
Ursula: Don’t sweat it. Standing next to Luis is Gil. He’s a yes-man and very, very ambitious, almost ruthless. Don’t get in Gil’s way.
Raul: Okay, I won’t. Thanks for showing me around. By the way, who’s the office gossip?
Ursula: Oh, we don’t have one of those around here.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
771 - Commuting by Train Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 09, 2012Take the last train to Los Angeles and I’ll meet you at the station. But first, learn how to get to work and back on a train in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:13
Explanations: 3:15
Fast dialogue: 12:36
Lisa: Can you tell me if this is the right platform for the train to Arlington?
Omar: Yes, it is. Is this your first time taking the train?
Lisa: Is it that obvious?
Omar: No, you just look a little lost.
Lisa: I’m starting a new job and I have to commute to work for the first time.
Omar: Oh, I see. Did you buy a ticket at the ticket machine?
Lisa: Yes, I did, when I entered the station. I hope I bought the right one.
Omar: Let me see. Yes, that’s the right one. The good news is that I haven’t heard any announcements about the train being delayed, like it has been a couple of times this week, so it should be on time.
Lisa: I’m relieved to hear that. I can’t afford to be late to work on my first day. Will I need to show this ticket to get on the train?
Omar: Not when you get on. After the train is under way, the conductor will walk down the aisle to collect it.
Lisa: Oh, I see, thanks. That sounds simple.
Omar: It is simple if you can actually find a seat. It can be pretty crowded on these commuter trains. Sometimes it’s standing room only.
Lisa: Let’s hope for the best.
Omar: Stick with me. I’ll elbow a few people out of the way to get you a seat.
Lisa: [laughs] Thanks, I think.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #336 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 07, 2012Topics: Ask an American: Self-publishing; intrinsic versus native versus innate versus congenital; recently versus currently; soccer
Words:
route
agent
to reject
courtesy
outrageous
to fulfill
tiresome
fraught with
distribution
editorial support
credibility
movement
trend
democratization
intrinsic
native
innate
congenital
recently
currently
soccer
Download File - 14.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
770 - Joining a Tour Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 05, 2012Let’s go on vacation with a bunch of people we don’t know and may not like! Find out about taking a tour in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:05
Explanations: 2:52
Fast dialogue: 14:05
Darrel: What are you looking at?
Alice: Tours for our vacation. I was thinking that it’d be hard for us to get around on our own, so I think joining a tour is a good idea.
Darrel: Really? I thought we’d make our way around leisurely to see the sites. I don’t like the fast pace of tours. I’d rather have the time to take in each site, not rush through it just to say I’ve been there.
Alice: Tours come in all shapes and sizes. I’m sure we can find one that isn’t too fast-paced or strenuous for you.
Darrel: And I don’t want to eat all my meals with the tour group. I want some time to explore on our own.
Alice: All right, I’m looking at a tour that has the perfect itinerary. It’s also gotten rave reviews. It includes a tour guide, all admission fees, accommodations, ground transportation, and most of the meals. And there are several free mornings and afternoons built-in so we can explore on our own.
Darrel: I don’t know.
Alice: The alternative is for you to plan each stop of our trip.
Darrel: A tour is sounding better and better.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
769 - Trying Unusual Foods Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 02, 2012Free your mind, and your mouth will follow. Try some unusual foods in this episode.
Slow dialog: 1:04
Explanations: 2:25
Fast dialog: 13:08
Antonio: What is that smell?! It stinks!
Candace: This is a dish my roommate taught me to make. It’s really good. Want a bite?
Antonio: You’ve got to be kidding me! You actually eat that? You can stomach something that smells that foul?
Candace: Don’t knock it until you’ve tried it. I admit that it’s an acquired taste, but once you develop a taste for it, you’ll not only like it, you’ll crave it like I do.
Antonio: I would never crave something that unappetizing. You’ve gone over the edge. I’ve always known you were weird, but this takes the cake.
Candace: You need to open your mind to new culinary experiences. You need to wake up your taste buds. Your palate will thank you for it. If you try it, you might like it.
Antonio: If I try it, I may puke!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #335 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 29, 2012Topics: Spy trials of the 40s/50s: Alger Hiss & Julius and Ethel Rosenberg; Johnny Appleseed; feeling versus emotion; expression versus term; drop dead
Words:
spy
espionage
trial
to denounce
perjury
statute of limitations
execution
cause célèbre
orchard
mosquito
barefoot
to say grace
feeling
emotion
term
expression
to drop dead
Download File - 14.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
768 - Negotiating Price Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Feb 27, 2012Everyone wants to buy low and sell high. Find out about negotiating prices in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:11
Explanations: 3:14
Fast dialogue: 16:34
Justin: Hello.
Rachel: Hi, Justin. It’s Rachel from McQ Corp.
Justin: Oh hi, Rachel. Did you get our bid for the job?
Rachel: Yes, we did. We like your proposal, but we still need to come to terms on the price.
Justin: We’ve already given you our rock-bottom price because we want to get this job, but we always try to be flexible.
Rachel: Good. Could you do better on what you’ve quoted us for labor? The price seemed a little high.
Justin: We might be able to trim a little off of that. How about if we discount that by 10 percent?
Rachel: That’s an attractive offer, but we were hoping for 20 percent.
Justin: You’re driving a hard bargain. We have certain fixed costs, you know.
Rachel: I do and that’s why I’m only asking about labor costs. Can you meet me halfway at 15 percent?
Justin: I think that might be doable, if that’s the only stumbling block to us getting the job.
Rachel: I can’t make any promises, but I’ll do my best.
Justin: That’s all I can ask. I’ll send you over a revised bid.
Rachel: Great. I hope to have good news for you next week.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
767 - Taking Care of Your Teeth Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 24, 2012Ignore your teeth, and they’ll go away. Find out how to keep your dental bills down by listening to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:20
Explanations: 3:17
Fast dialogue: 16:10
Martha: Oh, I have a toothache!
George: It sounds like you’re in for a visit to the dentist.
Martha: That would be the last resort. I hate going to the dentist. I don’t like needles and the sound of the drill scares me to death. I’m hoping the toothache will just go away.
George: You really should get that checked out. Do you want me to make an appointment for you with my dentist?
Martha: No, thanks. I haven’t seen a dentist in years and I don’t plan to now unless I have no choice.
George: Years?! You haven’t been to a dentist in years? Haven’t you ever heard of preventive care? You’re supposed to get a dental cleaning twice a year.
Martha: I don’t follow doctor and dentist guidelines like that. I brush my teeth every day. That’s good enough.
George: No, it’s not. You should be flossing every day and rinsing your mouth with mouthwash to keep your teeth and gums healthy. If you haven’t been to the dentist in years, I’m not surprised you didn’t know that.
Martha: Stop preaching! I’ll go to the dentist when I need to.
George: Like now.
Martha: Maybe. It doesn’t hurt that much anymore...
George: I never knew you were such a chicken.
Martha: [makes a chicken noise] Bwauk, bwauk...!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #334 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 22, 2012Topics: Grand Teton National Park; Famous Songs: "She'll Be Coming 'Round the Mountain"; congratulations versus thanks versus kudos; literally; to take the time
Words:
range
intact
stunning
glacier
lodge
snowshoeing
to come around
spiritual
second coming
chariot
howdy
rooster
congratulations
thanks
kudos
literally
to take (the) time
Download File - 13.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
766 - Describing Shapes and Sizes Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Feb 20, 2012Looking to change the look of your living room? Find out what not to do in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:14
Explanations: 3:16
Fast dialogue: 16:19
Carson: Your apartment is going to look fabulous once I’m finished decorating it!
Brooke: I really appreciate you taking the time to help me choose some furniture, but I’d really like to keep the look conservative and traditional.
Carson: Nonsense! You have a fabulous new apartment and I’m going to help you make the most of it. Look at that oval mirror. It’ll look fantastic in your hall.
Brooke: That mirror is gigantic! I don’t think I want anything that size. How about this rectangular one?
Carson: That’s too puny for that space. Oh, look at this triangular bookcase. It would really complement the fireplace in the den.
Brooke: I don’t think that bookcase is very functional. The shelves are so narrow and it’s an odd shape. It really looks nice, but I need furniture that I can actually use. I like this one better.
Carson: How boring! You need something that makes a statement. How about this chair? It’s fabulous!
Brooke: It’s a humongous circle on the floor with a cushion on top of it. I don’t think anyone would ever sit on it.
Carson: Yes, but in design, you have to consider form before function.
Brooke: That’s where we differ. I actually have to live in this apartment, remember?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
765 - Annulling a Marriage Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 17, 2012Marriage is forever, except when it isn’t a marriage at all. Learn how to get unmarried in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:05
Explanations: 2:51
Fast dialogue: 16:41
Courtney: Did you hear? Kate and Christopher are trying to annul their marriage.
Ray: What?! They’ve only been married for two months! What brought this on?
Courtney: I have no idea. Neither of them is underage or bigamists and they married of their own free will, so I don’t know how they can ask for an annulment.
Ray: I’ve heard that you can get an annulment if there’s some kind of fraud. Maybe they’re asking for the annulment on those grounds.
Courtney: Maybe. I wish I knew more. Ooh, could they be related by blood and didn’t know it? It’s sounding more and more like a soap opera.
Ray: I suppose we shouldn’t speculate. It’s sad when any marriage ends, even if it only lasted two months. Something must be really, really wrong.
Courtney: Or else...
Ray: Or else, what?
Courtney: Or else, Christopher finally figured out what a witch Kate is.
Ray: Oh, somebody’s a little catty today. Do I detect some jealousy here?
Courtney: Me? Jealous of Kate? Forget it! I’ve known her for years and I just wouldn’t wish her on my worst enemy!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #333 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 15, 2012Topics: Movie: Star Wars; the Security and Exchange Commission; shame versus pity; reading numbers aloud; to be left cold
Words:
trilogy
prequel
outer space
extraterrestrial
droid
to harness
box office
security
commission
broker
scope
disclosure
shame
pity
to be left cold
Download File - 14.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
764 - Being Unsure and Unready Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Feb 13, 2012Are you always prepared? If not, listen to this episode to learn how to explain to your boss why you haven’t finished your work yet.
Slow dialogue: 1:11
Explanations: 2:57
Fast dialogue: 14:35
Aida: When our bigwigs from the Cleveland office arrive next week, I think we’ll have a lot to show them.
Dale: I wouldn’t be so sure about that. Giselle told me yesterday that it’s a toss up whether she’ll finish the program she’s working on by next week, but don’t quote me on that.
Aida: I thought she was already done with it.
Dale: I think that she’s still tinkering with it because she isn’t 100 percent sure she’s worked out all of the bugs.
Aida: All right. I hope she gets a move on and fast. I’ll still have Joe’s prototype to show them, right?
Dale: Well, the last time I spoke with Joe, he said that the prototype is still a work in progress. Whether it’ll actually work is iffy, at best.
Aida: Are you trying to tell me that we’re not ready for this visit at all?
Dale: I hate to be the bearer of bad news, but I wouldn’t count on having much to show them, sorry.
Aida: Then, what am I supposed to do when they want to see the progress on our work?
Dale: I suggest some fast-talking and fancy tap dancing!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
763 - Dealing with an Apartment Super Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 10, 2012Renting an apartment can be so much fun when something stops working! Learn how to talk about getting things fixed in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:14
Explanations: 3:12
Fast dialogue: 15:17
George: Did you call the super about fixing the leaky faucet?
Louise: I called him on Monday, but I haven’t heard back yet.
George: Well, call him again. This window is stuck and it won’t close.
Louise: I’ll call him, but I think he’s avoiding our calls.
George: He’s the worst super we’ve ever had. He’s in charge of the maintenance around this place, but instead, he hides out in his apartment. Whenever there’s a problem, he tells us he’s too busy to get to it right away. Too busy doing what, I’d like to know.
Louise: Maybe he is overworked. There are 25 units in this building, so it’s conceivable that he’s busy making repairs – somewhere.
George: That’s what he’s counting on, people like you who give him the benefit of the doubt. All the while he’s drinking coffee and reading the newspaper somewhere. Mark my words.
Louise: I’ll call him again. Maybe we’ll catch him in his apartment.
George: Save your energies.
Louise: Where are you going and what are you doing with that baseball bat?
George: I’m going to track down that super and bring him back here. Come hell or high water, he’s making those repairs – today!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #332 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 08, 2012Topics: Famous Americans: Michael Jordan; the Quakers; tag questions; the derivation of “okay”; to learn versus to study
Words:
draft
fan
slam dunk
to leap
MVP
to be inducted
to endorse
to be traced back to
to persecute
to swear
to generalize
worship
okay / ok
to learn
to study
Download File - 14.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
762 - Eating a Family Dinner Author: Center for EducatioAuthor: nal Development
Mon, Feb 06, 2012Join the fun at a big family dinner in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:04
Explanations: 3:16
Fast dialogue: 16:24
My roommate, Jim, invited me over to his house for a family meal. I’m an only child, so I’m not used to a big family dinner. I felt like a fish out of water.
...
Jim’s mother: Sit down, everybody. Dinner’s ready.
Phil: Thank you for having me over, Mrs. Moreno.
Jim’s mother: Don’t mention it. Just sit down and eat. Jim, pass the potatoes, and Dana, don’t hog the peas. Hand them both to Phil.
Phil: Thank you, Mrs. Moreno, but I’ve already taken a helping of each dish.
Jim’s mother: Then you need to have seconds. You’re too skinny. Eat up!
Phil: This food is really good, but I don’t think I have the appetite for more. My plate is already overloaded.
Jim’s mother: All right, no more potatoes or peas, but you need more ham. Laura, serve Phil some more ham, and Jason, round up some more rolls.
Phil: No, no, please. I really couldn’t eat more than what’s already on my plate.
Jim’s mother: Don’t be ridiculous. I know you’re saving room for dessert. There’s an apple pie, a strawberry shortcake, a cheesecake, and some ice cream.
...
I now know why Jim only comes home for meals every once in a while. Eating like this more than once a week would give anybody a coronary!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
761 - Animals in a Zoo Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 03, 2012Are zoos are a good idea or a bad one? Don’t feed the animals while you listen to this episode trying to answer that question.
Slow dialogue: 0:59
Explanations: 2:39
Fast dialogue: 16:18
Deborah: I can’t wait to see the elephants at the zoo. I wish I could see them in their natural habitat, but a zoo is the next best thing.
Zach: I don’t want to go to a place where animals are kept in captivity. How would you like it if you were locked in a cage and gawked at all day?
Deborah: The animals in zoos are lucky. They have a nice, safe place to live away from predators, and their handlers make sure they never go hungry. Zoos preserve endangered species.
Zach: If you think it’s so nice living in zoos, I’d like to see you switch places with a lion or a monkey for a month and see how you like it.
Deborah: Animals aren’t people. They don’t have the same wants and needs.
Zach: That’s what you think. One day, the animals aren’t going to take it anymore. They’ll rise up and break their shackles.
Deborah: And will you be their ringleader?
Zach: No, I’ll be their cheering section. It’s about time animals get some respect.
Deborah: Have you seen Planet of the Apes?! I’ll reserve a cage for you!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #331 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 01, 2012Topics: Ask an American: Online money management; don’t worry versus don’t bother; not only; to move/get past a feeling; pronouncing wool versus wall
Words:
to calculate
to allocate
to withdraw
to accrue interest
infographic
personal finances
to pay off
to partner
legitimate
savvy
connected
don’t worry
don’t bother
not only
to move/get past a feeling
Download File - 15.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
760 - Paycheck Deductions Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 30, 2012The only two things we can be certain of in this life are death and taxes. Learn about one of them in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:11
Explanations: 3:12
Fast dialogue: 17:32
Bill: It’s about time! I’ve been waiting for my first paycheck and now it’s finally here. I’m ready to party this weekend! Whoa!
Carol: What’s the matter?
Bill: What happened to all my money? The amount of this check is a lot less than I expected it to be.
Carol: Yeah, my first paycheck was an eye-opener for me, too. Look at the pay stub and you’ll see all of the deductions. After federal income taxes, state income taxes, and FICA, you’re not left with a lot of money.
Bill: You’re right, but what’s FICA?
Carol: Those are taxes for Social Security and Medicare. Did you sign up for a retirement plan? If you did, those retirement contributions are deducted, too.
Bill: Thank God, I didn’t. But you know what? That still doesn’t account for all of the deductions.
Carol: Let me take a look. Oh, it looks like your wages are being garnished.
Bill: They’re garnishing my wages? What for?
Carol: Uh, do you have to pay child support or something like that?
Bill: Oh, yeah, I guess I do. I’d forgotten about that. I guess I’d better change my weekend plans.
Carol: I guess so.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
759 - Worrying About Your Children Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 27, 2012Will your children grow up to be responsible adults or the kind of people you don’t want living next to you? Learn how to worry about this and more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:01
Explanations: 3:05
Fast dialogue: 16:10
Pavel: I’m really worried about Hanna. She’s been hanging around with that girl Carla, and Carla runs with the wrong crowd.
Hillary: Hanna is rebelling a little. That’s natural at her age. When I was her age, I thought I knew more than my parents or any adult, and that I should be able to make all of my own decisions.
Pavel: I’m not talking about being stricter on her, but she’s become so secretive. I’m really worried that she might get exposed to things that should be off-limits at her age.
Hillary: There’s no way we can keep her from seeing her friends short of locking her in her room. We have to trust her and let her come to us if she runs into problems. We raised her right and she can handle herself.
Pavel: I wish I had your confidence. She’s a girl, remember? All kinds of things can happen to girls.
Hillary: We’ve talked to her a lot about those things and what we feel are right and wrong. A lot of things can happen to boys, too, or don’t you remember? Hanna takes after you and she has your brains and resourcefulness. Like father, like daughter, so stop worrying so much,
Pavel: Do you really think she’ll be okay?
Hillary: Yes, I do. Take comfort in knowing that she’s just exactly like you. When she has a daughter of her own, she’ll stay up nights worrying, just like you.
Pavel: That’s small comfort!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #330 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 25, 2012Topics: American Authors: Toni Morrison; Homeboy/Homegirl Industries and Father Greg Boyle; screw versus bolt versus nut; to kidnap versus to abduct; to sharpen (one’s) axe
Words:
African American experience
to long
social convention
homeboy
gang
priest
gang intervention
rival
budget
counseling
domestic violence
tattoo
screw
bolt
nut
to kidnap
to abduct
to sharpen (one’s) axe
Download File - 12.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
758 - Showing Off a New Purchase Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 23, 2012If you’ve got it, you might as well let everyone see it. That’s the philosophy of the people in this dialogue, but you can decide whether you agree or not.
Slow dialogue: 1:08
Explanations: 2:51
Fast dialogue: 15:58
Monica: Wow, check you out! When did you buy a new car?
Kevin: This isn’t just any new car. It’s a Ferrari.
Monica: I can see that. It must have set you back a few.
Kevin: Yeah, but it was worth it. You should see the looks I get riding around in this baby. My brother is green with envy.
Monica: Then you’ve been showing it off around town.
Kevin: No, I’ve just been showing it off to a few friends and family members. There’s no sense owning a fine machine like this and not bragging a little, right?
Monica: Especially since your brother has been gloating about his new boat, you mean.
Kevin: There is that. I don’t want to toot my own horn, but I think a new Ferrari trumps a measly new boat, don’t you?
Monica: Do you and your brother always whip it out like this?
Kevin: Like what? I’m just sharing my new toy with my brother. I’m sure he’s just as happy for me as I was for him when he bought his new boat.
Monica: Truer words were never spoken.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
757 - Getting Political Support Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 20, 2012Politicians don’t get their money for nothing or their votes for free. Learn all about the world of getting political support in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:21
Explanations: 2:55
Fast dialogue: 16:14
Helen: Okay, your schedule today is very busy. First, you’re meeting with a group of constituents concerned about the environment. Then, you’re speaking to a group of factory workers. At noon, you’ll be having lunch with a group of high-power donors.
Mikhail: When I signed on as a candidate, I had no idea I’d have to pander to every group out there to gain their support.
Helen: Don’t think of it as pandering. Think of it as rallying the troops. People in this state need a leader and you’re their great white hope.
Mikhail: I decided to run because I wanted to be a voice of reason in the partisan bickering. I didn’t sign on to be a poster boy for my political party.
Helen: You can make a difference when you get elected, but first things first: you need to get elected. Ready to go?
Mikhail: What happened to the good old days when all you had to do was a little gerrymandering to get elected?
Helen: I’m glad you brought that up. Your meeting with the committee on redistricting is this afternoon at 2:00.
Mikhail: I’m sorry I asked!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #329 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 18, 2012Topics: American Presidents: Jimmy Carter; The Lost Ship of the Desert Legend; phrases used to ask for status updates; to start off for; likely versus probable
Words:
peanut
board
name recognition
stagflation
to be taken hostage
inept
accord
diplomat
legend
desert
ship
treasure
to start off for
likely
probable
Download File - 15.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
756 - Holding Structured and Unstructured Meetings Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 16, 2012Success in business isn’t always about following the rules. Learn how to have a more open, informal meeting by listening to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 3:16
Fast dialogue: 14:20
Diego: Okay, why don’t you brief me on what you’ve planned for the meeting tomorrow?
Maya: Sure. At the meeting of the managers tomorrow, we’ll begin with introductions. Since you’re the most senior manager, the job falls to you.
Diego: I don’t think we need to stand on ceremony. Have Alexi do the introductions.
Maya: All right. Then, we’ll follow the agenda and discuss each item of business. I have you down to lead the discussions.
Diego: I don’t think we need the meeting to be so structured. If we follow the agenda point-by-point, we’ll never find out what’s really on the minds of the managers, what issues they think are of paramount importance. I think I’ll open the floor to anyone who wants to raise an issue.
Maya: Wouldn’t that turn into a free for all? I’m not sure we’ll get much accomplished.
Diego: Sometimes, it’s not as important to accomplish something as it is to take the pulse of the group. If we want to know what issues are on the managers’ minds, we first need to let the managers speak freely. Agreed?
Maya: Uh, sure. You’re the boss. Should I also cancel the lunch I’ve ordered so you can make up your minds about food later?
Diego: Absolutely not! The one thing that’s not open for discussion is what I’m eating for lunch.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
755 - Rejecting Newer Technology Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 13, 2012Put away that Commodore 64 computer you’re using long enough to listen to this episode on new technology.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 3:17
Fast dialogue: 16:30
Darlene: Thanks for agreeing to take a look at my computer. It’s been acting up lately.
Chris: Sure, I don’t mind. Is this it?
Darlene: Yeah.
Chris: How long have you had this computer? It looks like it belongs in the ice age.
Darlene: I admit it’s a little dated. I must be one of the last holdouts in switching to a newer model.
Chris: What are you waiting for? It seems to me that all of your computer problems would be solved if you spring for a new one.
Darlene: I have a lot of old programs on this computer that aren’t compatible with the newer models. I’m kind of attached to them.
Chris: They probably aren’t compatible because there are now better, more efficient programs that have overtaken the ones you currently use. Your programs are probably obsolete. Which programs are they? Maybe I can show you how to use the newer versions.
Darlene: Well, there’s one particular program...
Chris: Yes?
Darlene: It’s a game I like to play.
Chris: You’re refusing to buy a newer, better computer just because you’d have to give up a game?
Darlene: It’s a really fun game and I’m keeping this computer until they make a version for the newer computers.
Chris: Okay, but you know what they say: live by the sword, die by the sword.
Darlene: So you won’t help me fix my computer?
Chris: I’ll try, but I’m telling you now. It’s a lost cause.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #328 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 11, 2012Topics: The Scopes Trial; American Cities: Aspen and Vail, Colorado; The City of New York versus New York City; verge versus brink; to compliment versus to complement
Words:
trial
v.
prosecutor
defendant
merit
to deliberate
to appeal
technicality
to overturn
resort
to ski
upscale
verge
brink
to compliment
to complement
Download File - 15.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
754 - Being in a Flood Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 09, 2012Don’t get caught in a flood, but if you do, learn how to talk about it in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:07
Explanations: 2:34
Fast dialogue: 14:48
Cherise: Well, that was a rude awakening at 2:00 in the morning!
Don: At least we got out of our room before it flooded. It serves us right for planning a vacation here during the rainy season. Our luggage is probably soaked.
Cherise: Oh, no, I’d forgotten about our clothes. If the water doesn’t recede soon, everything will have mold and mildew on it.
Don: The sump pumps are working as we speak. Hopefully, we can retrieve our stuff soon.
Cherise: Maybe I should go downstairs and try to salvage what I can, before things get washed away.
Don: What?! You could drown in all that water. Forget it!
Cherise: Drown in three feet of water? Don’t be silly.
Don: I’ve seen you swim. Come on, let’s just wait until we get the go-ahead.
Cherise: I still think I should try.
Don: I have one word for you: snakes.
Cherise: Enough said!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
753 - Enduring Hazing Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 06, 2012Sometimes joining a club is not worth it. Learn about one example of that in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:23
Explanations: 3:38
Fast dialogue: 17:06
Rafael: Go away and stop following us. Our club is for boys only.
Hannah: But I want to join.
Rafael: You do, huh? Did you know that to join our club, you have to go through an initiation?
Hannah: Okay, I’ll do that. What do I have to do?
Rafael: You have to endure weeks of hazing. We’ll be putting you through your paces to make sure you’re club material.
Hannah: I’m willing to do that. I can do anything you boys can do. Watch me!
Rafael: I’m not so sure. If you want to be one of the guys, you’ll have to do everything we tell you to do, even if you don’t want to.
Hannah: Everything?
Rafael: Yeah, everything. If we tell you to eat dirt, you have to eat dirt. If we tell you to stand outside in the rain, you have to do that, too. Get the picture?
Hannah: Yeah, I’ve got the picture.
Rafael: If we tell you to pull a prank, you have to do it. If we tell you to streak, you have to do that, too.
Hannah: You can’t be serious. That really crosses the line.
Rafael: We decide what crosses the line and what doesn’t. See? I knew you’d be too chicken to join our club.
Hannah: You’re right. I don’t want to join any club where the members are stupid enough to do all of those things. I’m starting my own club – one where you don’t have to humiliate yourself to get in.
Rafael: Suit yourself. I knew you weren’t club material.
Hannah: Thank goodness for that!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #327 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 04, 2012Topics: Famous Americans: Lucille Ball; The Great Depression; hermit versus loner versus introvert; other than versus rather than; Et tu, Brute?
Words:
to have no future as
B-movie
stardom
rerun
pioneering
fondly
look-alike
depression
crash
to stimulate
drought
manual labor
hermit
loner
introvert
other than
rather than
Et tu, Brute?
Download File - 13.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
752 - Working With Unreliable People Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 02, 2012Working together is great until someone doesn’t do her job. Find out how to talk about working with unreliable people in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:10
Explanations: 3:16
Fast dialogue: 16:18
Paul: What time is it?
Jackie: It’s 2:30. The Cleveland office report should have been emailed to us by the end of the workday yesterday. What are we supposed to do now?
Paul: If we don’t get their report, we’ll have to hold up the production of the annual report and if that happens, somebody’s head is going to roll. This really leaves us in a lurch. Who’s responsible for the report in Cleveland?
Jackie: Noel Simmons.
Paul: Oh, no. I know Noel. I used to work with him in the Columbus office. He was always dropping the ball on his responsibilities and I was always having to cover for him.
Jackie: You must have had the patience of a saint! If he’s such a flake, why is he still working for this company?
Paul: Beats me, but I know we’re in for a long wait if he’s in charge. We have to do something. Get on the phone and see if you can light a fire under him. Unless we keep on him, we’ll never see that report.
Jackie: Okay, I’ll call the Cleveland office right now.
Paul: And Jackie?
Jackie: Yes?
Paul: If he gives you a line or some kind of excuse, let me talk to him.
Jackie: What’ll you do?
Paul: I’ll take him on a trip down memory lane. When I used to work with him, I wasn’t always so patient – or polite.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
751 - Describing One’s Taste in Music Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Dec 30, 2011People have different likes and dislikes when it comes to music. Learn how to talk about them in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:31
Explanations: 3:15
Fast dialogue: 16:38
Arturo: What are you listening to?
Ling: Some new music. You want to hear it?
Arturo: All right. That’s pretty mellow, kinda bluesy, isn’t it? It’s got an interesting indie feel.
Ling: Do you like it?
Arturo: It’s all right. I like more funky, dance music myself, but this is okay. It’s not too depressing.
Ling: That’s faint praise.
Arturo: No, no, I do like it. I guess I’m usually in the mood for more up-tempo music, something with a driving beat. I’m a hard-core MC-Quillan fan, if that’s any indication.
Ling: Oh, I see, so you don’t really like acoustic music much.
Arturo: It’s just not my thing, you know?
Ling: Yeah, that’s too bad.
Arturo: Why?
Ling: That was a track I recorded last week.
Arturo: This is your music? In that case, I love it.
Ling: You’re just saying that.
Arturo: No, really, it’s growing on me. In fact, I want to hear more. How about if I bring over some dinner on Saturday and you can play me a few more tracks?
Ling: You don’t mind?
Arturo: Believe me, I’ll be all ears.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #326 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Dec 28, 2011Topics: Ask an American: U.S. Families Adjust to Life Overseas; outpatient; to gulp versus to gobble; swell
Words:
corporate culture
to behave
workplace
personal space
area of concern
consultant
adjustment
far and away
in excess of
to mitigate
productive
outpatient
to gulp
to gobble
to swell
Download File - 13.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
750 - After Christmas Sales Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Dec 26, 2011Christmas is over. Let’s go buy some more presents in this episode!
Slow dialogue: 1:19
Explanations: 2:47
Fast dialogue: 16:12
Roxana: Get up! We’re going to miss out on the best deals if we don’t get to the stores when they open.
Kurt: What? I’m sleeping. Leave me alone.
Roxana: You need to get up now and come with me to the store for the after Christmas sales. You know that they slash prices and everything is on sale.
Kurt: We just spent the past few weeks shopping for Christmas presents and now you want to shop some more?
Roxana: We can stock up for next year. There’ll be deep discounts on all of the Christmas decorations and supplies, not to mention all of the winter clothing and seasonal toys. Let’s go!
Kurt: You go. What do you need me for?
Roxana: I need you to run interference while I go for the best bargains and to hold all of the bags and packages while I shop. What else?
Kurt: When I agreed to “for better or for worse,” I didn’t anticipate this!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
749 - Getting Standard Medical Test Results Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Dec 23, 2011Stay healthy by going to the doctor on a regular basis. When you do, be sure to pay attention to your test results. Learn how to talk about them in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:30
Explanations: 2:59
Fast dialogue: 15:35
Judith: I had my annual physical two weeks ago and I just got a copy of the lab results, but I can’t figure out what they mean.
Steven: Let me take a look. The results of your blood tests are good. Your cholesterol is within the normal range, your glucose levels are fine, your hormone levels are good, and your red and white blood cell counts are normal, too.
Judith: That’s good news.
Steven: You did well on your EKG stress test and your bone density scan is fine.
Judith: Really? That’s great. What about the other results?
Steven: There appears to be no problems with your Pap smear or mammogram results, either.
Judith: I’m really glad to hear that. I hate going through those exams. I’m glad I don’t have to do them more often.
Steven: Just be glad you’re not a man.
Judith: Why’s that?
Steven: If you were a man, you’d have to have a PSA…and a DRE.
Judith: A what?
Steven: You don’t want to know.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #325 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Dec 21, 2011Topics: Movie: Bonnie and Clyde; Community Supported Agriculture (CSA); to cut (someone) loose versus to set (someone) free versus unrestrained; adjectives versus “who” phrases; words used to describe computer touch screens
Words:
to take liberties
taboo
partner in crime
small-time
holdup
trap
mixed reviews
produce
seasonal
industrial farm
free-range
farmers market
u-pick farm
to cut (someone) loose
to set (someone) free
unrestrained
sensible
intuitive
Download File - 14.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
748 - Writing a Letter of Inquiry Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Dec 19, 2011Don’t just sit there waiting for someone to offer you a job. Write a letter of inquiry today. Learn how to do it in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:29
Explanations: 3:40
Fast dialogue: 16:38
I was laid off from my job three months ago. Since then, I’ve been pounding the pavement looking for another job. So far, nothing has turned up, so I decided to take the bull by the horns and deliver inquiry letters to every company that might have a job opening.
...
Dear Ms. Smith (or the name of their personnel officer):
I am writing to inquire about any job openings you may have for someone with my experience and qualifications. I worked for six years as a software engineer for McQ Corp. and I have extensive training and experience related to software development.
I have enclosed a copy of my résumé. I would appreciate an opportunity to speak with you regarding any openings you may have or any consulting work your company requires.
Thank you for your consideration, and please don’t hesitate to contact me if you have any questions.
Sincerely,
Steve Woz
...
I’m planning to personally deliver each letter, with the hope of talking with someone in the company. It is going take a lot of time and legwork, but I have no intention of sitting home and twiddling my thumbs while I wait for my next job!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
747 - Visiting a Ranch Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Dec 16, 2011If you like cowboys and Westerns, you’ll love this episode about going to a ranch.
Slow dialogue: 1:24
Explanations: 3:18
Fast dialogue: 16:18
Piero: What’s all this?
Annie: I’m visiting my sister and brother-in-law’s new ranch next month and I’m getting ready for it. I know I’m a city girl, but I plan to fit right in on that ranch and work alongside all of the other cowboys.
Piero: Well, you look the part. You’ve got your cowboy hat, a lasso, and are those chaps?
Annie: Yes, of course. How else could I ride with them on the cattle drive?
Piero: Cattle drive? Are you sure it’s a working ranch?
Annie: I think so. Why would they buy a ranch if they don’t plan to have horses and livestock?
Piero: Don’t ask me. What’s all that stuff in the bags?
Annie: That’s all equipment I’ll need to ride a horse: a bridle, a bit, and ta-da – my own saddle!
Piero: This is all stuff that they should have at the ranch already, don’t you think?
Annie: Yes, but I’ll need to go horseback riding this weekend to practice.
Piero: That’s a good idea. Have you been riding horses long?
Annie: This weekend will be my first time.
Piero: You’re riding a horse for the first time this weekend and you plan to work at your sister’s ranch next month?
Annie: Sure, how hard could it be? It’s just like riding a bike, right?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #324 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Dec 14, 2011Topics: Stephen Foster and his songs; “ish” suffix; California casual; “If it be your will”
Words:
preeminent
minstrel
camptown
to bet
nonsense
rendition
posthumously
dewdrop
to lull
dreary
weary
copyright
California casual
if it be
(one’s) will
Download File - 15.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
746 - Traveling Over the Holidays Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Dec 12, 2011Traveling for the holidays? Get ready by listening to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:22
Explanations: 3:12
Fast dialogue: 17:11
Sabrina: You look like you’re getting ready for battle.
Ying: In a way, I am. I’m flying home next week to be with my family over the holidays and you know what holiday travel is like.
Sabrina: I’ve flown during peak travel season before, and now, I try to avoid it at all costs.
Ying: Well, I can’t this year, so I’m arming myself for the experience. I booked my flights back in September and I have my seat assignment. I’ll print out my boarding passes before I head for the airport, and I’ll keep checking the flight status to make sure the flight is on time.
Sabrina: I hope you don’t have any tight connections.
Ying: I change planes in Chicago, but I have two hours in between flights. I’m hoping that’ll be enough.
Sabrina: What’s in that huge bag?
Ying: Those are my supplies. If I get snowed in or if my flight gets cancelled, I’m ready to spend the night in the airport.
Sabrina: Wow, you really thought this out. You’re ready for the worst-case scenario.
Ying: Forewarned and forearmed. You won’t catch me napping!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
745 - Welcoming a Houseguest Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Dec 09, 2011Old socks and visitors staying at your house can both be unpleasant after three days. Find out how to get rid of one of these in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:23
Explanations: 3:30
Fast dialogue: 14:46
Yousef: Why are you rearranging the furniture?
Rachel: My Aunt Susan called and she’s coming for a visit. It’ll be so nice to see her. It’s been a while since we’ve had a houseguest.
Yousef: Your crazy Aunt Susan? The one who talks to herself all the time and makes funny noises?
Rachel: Don’t be like that. She’s a little eccentric, but she has a heart of gold.
Yousef: How long is she staying?
Rachel: She was a little vague about that. We’ll just play it by ear.
Yousef: I don’t like the sound of that. Open-ended invitations are a bad idea.
Rachel: She won’t outstay her welcome. As far as I’m concerned, she can stay for as long as she wants to. You don’t mind, do you?
Yousef: Speak for yourself. I don’t like having houseguests. They hog the TV and I can’t walk around the house in my underwear. I feel restricted.
Rachel: That’s a small price to pay for her interesting company, don’t you think? We’ll have so much fun listening to her stories.
Yousef: I think you’re making some unwarranted assumptions here. First, you assume that I enjoy her company. Second, you assume that I’ll be here.
Rachel: What do you mean? You won’t be here next week?
Yousef: Next week, I’ll be visiting my brother in Toronto. Didn’t I already mention it?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #323 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Dec 07, 2011Topics: American Presidents: John Adams; the Boy/Girl Scouts; What time is it? versus What is the time?; to rock; for all intents and purposes
Words:
Puritan
colonies
to have any say
to deport
to correspond
miniseries
scout
motto
uniform
community service
badge
old-fashioned
to rock
for all intents and purposes
Download File - 15.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
744 - Dealing With a Mistake Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Dec 05, 2011Most mistakes aren’t serious, but you need to know how to deal with them when you make them. Find out how in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:16
Explanations: 3:09
Fast dialogue: 16:11
Boss: What is going on here?!
Jenny: There was a miscommunication.
Boss: A miscommunication?! There are 16 copiers in this office. Who ordered 16 copiers?
Jenny: No one did. Clearly wires got crossed somewhere. I’ll try to get to the bottom of this, but the copiers will be removed before lunch.
Boss: I can’t even walk to my office with all of these machines in here. How am I supposed to get any work done?
Jenny: I’m looking for the purchase order right now to see if the mistake was on our end or on their end.
Boss: Let me know as soon as you figure it out. I want to know who’s responsible for this.
Jenny: Right, I’ll let you know. No doubt it was just a clerical error. No harm, no foul.
Boss: No harm, no foul?! This screw up has cost me half a day’s productivity. I think that’s plenty of harm done.
Jenny: You’re right, sir. I stand corrected. I’m sure it was just an honest mistake.
Boss: Stop making excuses for the person responsible for this debacle. Jenny, why are you making excuses for the person responsible?
Jenny: You look thirsty. I’ll go get you some coffee right now!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
743 - Writing a Story Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Dec 02, 2011Ready to write your first novel? Find out what not to do in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:08
Explanations: 2:50
Fast dialogue: 15:09
Xavier: How’s your novel coming along?
Sara: It’s not. I abandoned it for now. I think I bit off more than I can chew. Now, I’m working on a short story.
Xavier: That sounds interesting. Who are the main characters?
Sara: I’m not sure yet. Character development is really important so I need to give the characters themselves some serious thought.
Xavier: Okay, tell me about the general plot. Is it an adventure, romance, horror story – what?
Sara: I haven’t decided that either.
Xavier: All right. What about the setting? Is it going to be set in the U.S.?
Sara: Hmm, that’s still up in the air, too. I’m thinking of writing a period story, but I’m not sure what time period to choose. That’ll help decide the actual setting.
Xavier: I’m guessing you haven’t decided the point of view of the story either, whether it’ll be told in the first person or third person, am I right?
Sara: You are. I know. I have a lot to think about.
Xavier: You’ve definitely got your work cut out for you.
Sara: I know. I’m just waiting for some inspiration.
Xavier: Good luck with that.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #322 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Nov 30, 2011Topics: No-Tuition Colleges; the Sacco-Vanzetti Trial; crazy versus mad versus psycho versus mentally ill; using –ed words as adjectives; lo and behold
Words:
tuition
a handful of
on campus
ranch
endowment
philanthropy
class
trial
anarchist
to convict
to appeal
to execute
crazy
mad
psycho
mentally ill
lo and behold
Download File - 15.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
742 - Admiring Someone from Afar Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Nov 28, 2011Some guys will do anything for a date with a beautiful woman. Find out how to do it in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:07
Explanations: 3:18
Fast dialogue: 15:29
Perry: Look at her! What I wouldn’t give to get a date with her.
Lynn: You should go talk to her and ask her for her number.
Perry: No way! She’s completely out of my league. See that guy she’s talking to? He’s the kind of guy who’ll get her number.
Lynn: That guy has nothing on you. The only thing that guy has that you don’t is confidence.
Perry: See? She’s giving him her number. I don’t have a chance.
Lynn: But look what he’s doing with it. He’s throwing it away. What a jerk! Wait here.
Perry: Hey, where are you going?
Lynn: I’ve got it. Here it is. Here’s her number. Call her.
Perry: Call her?! Out of the blue? You’re crazy. She’ll think I’m some kind of creep.
Lynn: No, she’ll think you’re being bold. She’ll love that.
Perry: What am I supposed to say to her? “Hi, I stole your phone number and I’d like a date.”
Lynn: No, tell her the truth. Tell her you saw her, admired her from afar, and wanted to ask her out.
Perry: What if she asks me how I got her number?
Lynn: Tell her you’ll tell her when you see her on your first date. You'll come off as mysterious. She’ll eat it up.
Perry: I can’t do it. There’s no way I could do that, could I?
Lynn: Yes you can. After all, no guts, no glory!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
741 - Playing in a Tournament Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Nov 25, 2011When I was growing up, my family had a tournament for every game you can imagine. That’s why I’m able to explain about playing in competitions in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:09
Explanations: 2:48
Fast dialogue: 15:32
Irene: How is your team doing in the standings?
Kent: They’re seeded sixth and they’re in a bracket with one of the best teams in the tournament. Our team has already lost to them.
Irene: I thought it was a double-elimination tournament.
Kent: It is. That’s the only reason they’re not out of contention for the title.
Irene: Why did the organizers get rid of the round-robin rounds?
Kent: I think it’s because they wanted to cut down on the number of games overall. I’m not sure.
Irene: Your team is the defending champion. What happened this year? Why aren’t they ranked higher?
Kent: They didn’t have a very good season. There were a lot of injuries, and as the coach, I had some run-ins with a couple of the new players. Let’s just say we had some clashes in personality.
Irene: Isn’t there a game this afternoon?
Kent: Yeah, but I have to feed my team first. They won’t play until they get what they want.
Irene: What do they want?
Kent: Ice cream. Who knew six-year-olds could be so demanding?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #321 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Nov 23, 2011Topics: Ask an American: National Jukebox; using "to" with to give and to send; a dime a dozen; complimenting doctors and nurses
Words:
catalogue
to trace the roots
recording
to look back on
to depict
taboo
firsthand
vehicle
imperative
to applaud
dynamic
archive
evolving
to give
to send
a dime a dozen
Download File - 15.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
740 - Corporate Gift-Giving Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Nov 21, 2011Companies have feelings, too, you know, so don’t forget to give a holiday gift to your clients this year. Learn all about corporate gifts in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:03
Explanations: 3:57
Fast dialogue: 18:03
Michelle: Why did I get stuck with buying corporate gifts for our clients this year? Just because I’m a woman doesn’t mean I’m good at buying gifts.
Rafiq: It’s not because you’re a woman. It’s because you’re the most junior employee of the company. I had the job three years ago when I started working here.
Michelle: Oh, so you know the drill. I was thinking of sending food baskets to McQ Corp.
Rafiq: I wouldn’t advise doing that. We’re bidding on a new contract with their company and the gift could be misconstrued as a bribe. You’ll want to avoid any appearance of impropriety.
Michelle: Then I shouldn’t send anything at all?
Rafiq: You could send a charitable donation in the company’s name. This way, we show our appreciation for their business, and they get recognition for the contribution to a worthy cause, without seeming like we’re trying to influence their decision.
Michelle: That seems like a good way to go. What about the other companies we’re doing business with?
Rafiq: A food basket would be fine for those companies. Just make sure there’s nothing perishable in them and send a handwritten note. That adds a nice touch.
Michelle: I was also thinking of sending our smaller clients calendars and t-shirts with our company logo. What do you think?
Rafiq: I think they’d like gift certificates to stores or restaurants better.
Michelle: What about a bottle of wine? Wouldn’t that be a good gift?
Rafiq: You never know how a client feels about alcohol, so stick to something safer, like the food baskets or gift certificates.
Michelle: You have all the answers. You’re an expert at corporate gift-giving!
Rafiq: Shh, don’t say that too loudly. If the powers that be hear about it, I might get stuck with the job – permanently!
Michelle: Your secret is safe with me.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
739 - Performing an Intervention Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Nov 18, 2011Addiction to anything can cause problems in your life. Learn how to help someone in this situation in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 3:26
Fast dialogue: 16:38
Petra: Hey, what’s going on here? Why are all of you here in my apartment?
Johann: Your family and close friends are here to perform an intervention. We feel that you have a problem that is negatively affecting your life and the lives of the people around you.
Petra: An intervention?! I don’t need an intervention. What am I supposed to be addicted to?
Johann: I think you know. Each of us can attest to your obsession and the consequences of that addiction. It is interfering with your work and your personal relationships.
Petra: No, it’s not. I can’t believe this. I feel cornered!
Johann: We just want to help you. We all agree that you need to see a therapist and maybe go into treatment.
Petra: You guys are all crazy. Is that an ultimatum?
Johann: Yes, I’m afraid it is. If you don’t stop your obsessive behavior, we’ll take that away.
Petra: What?! Take away my MP3 player? If you take away my MP3 player, how am I supposed to listen to ESL Podcast?
Johann: That’s the idea. Listening to ESL Podcast 14 hours a day is not healthy.
Petra: Okay, I know I’ve gone overboard, but I’ll stop. I promise.
Johann: You’ll stop cold turkey?
Petra: Well...I need to be weaned off, I think. How about if I cut back to 10 hours a day to start?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #320 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Nov 16, 2011Topics: American Cities: Columbus, Ohio; Wallis Simpson and King Edward VIII; limit versus limitation; for X person to undercut set targets; to sponge off (someone)
Words:
to thrive
arch
diversified
to make it to
to touch on
allegedly
mistress
besotted
scandalous
to abdicate the throne
to discharge
recluse
limit
limitation
to undercut
set
target
to sponge off (someone)
Download File - 14.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
738 - Talking to a Mechanic Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Nov 14, 2011Getting your car fixed is one of the necessary evils in life. Learn how to talk to a mechanic in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:03
Explanations: 3:13
Fast dialogue: 15:32
Mechanic: Hi, I’m the mechanic. What can I do for you?
Amy: My car is making a very weird noise. It sounds like this: gulug, gulug, gulug...
Mechanic: Hm, that doesn’t sound good. Where is it coming from?
Amy: I’m not sure. When I’m in the car, it sounds like it’s coming from the engine, but when I get out of the car, it sounds like it’s coming from directly under the trunk, maybe the muffler?
Mechanic: That’s not a noise a muffler would make. Let me take a look. Can you start the car and pop the hood?
Amy: Sure.
Mechanic: Well, I don’t hear the sound right now, but your battery needs replacing, you have a coolant leak, your carburetor needs adjusting, and your spark plugs are shot. I need to look under the car.
Amy: Okay, go ahead.
Mechanic: Your brake pads need replacing and your tires need balancing.
Amy: But are any of those problems causing that horrible noise?
Mechanic: I don’t know. I don’t hear the noise right now, so it’s hard to tell. But that’s all work you need to have done on this car anyway for it to run right. It’s only a matter of time before your car stops working if you don’t take care of those problems.
Amy: I come in with one problem and you find 10 others. I guess you should go ahead. What else can I do?
Mechanic: Um, buy a bus pass?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
737 - Kitchen Appliances Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Nov 11, 2011If you like to cook, you want to have the right equipment in your kitchen. Learn how to talk about kitchen appliances in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 2:55
Fast dialogue: 16:42
Victoria: As you can see, this executive apartment is fully equipped. When you called and asked for the best available apartment, I thought of this one immediately. Just look at this kitchen! All of the appliances are top of the line.
Justin: Do you mind if I take a closer look? I like to cook.
Victoria: No problem. The refrigerator has a high capacity, with the freezer on the bottom.
Justin: But there’s no ice maker.
Victoria: No, that’s one of the few things it doesn’t have.
Justin: Hmm…Is this range gas or electric?
Victoria: It’s gas, and it has a broiler on the bottom, see?
Justin: Is the stove self-cleaning?
Victoria: I’m afraid not, but it’s stainless steel, as you can see.
Justin: That’s too bad. Is the dishwasher new?
Victoria: It’s not brand new, but it’s in very good condition. The microwave, toaster, and coffee maker also come with the apartment. What do you think? Do you think it’ll suit your needs?
Justin: When I asked for your best, I expected the Cadillac of apartments. You’ve shown me a Pinto!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #319 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Nov 09, 2011Topics: T.S. Eliot; log and log in/log on; explanation versus interpretation; pronouncing consonant clusters
Words:
distinguished
disillusionment
New England
to break from
pedantic
vulgar
erudite
to breed
essay
critic
a product of (something)
insane
log
to log in / to log on
explanation
interpretation
Download File - 14.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
736 - Following One’s Dream Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Nov 07, 2011Find out how to follow your dreams and still have time for a coffee break on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:22
Explanations: 2:53
Fast dialogue: 15:05
Cassandra: I’ve had it! I’m quitting and I’m not coming back. I was meant for greater things than working in this pathetic place. Life is passing me by.
Lazlo: You can’t quit. You need the money and you have responsibilities, remember?
Cassandra: I’ve sacrificed enough for security. I want to make a difference. I want to do big things. I want to have an impact on the world.
Lazlo: That’s very admirable. Most people want to make a difference in the world, but don’t have the guts to try.
Cassandra: You are so right! But I’m going to make it happen. I aspire to do great things and I won’t rest until I do. I want to follow my dream.
Lazlo: What is your dream?
Cassandra: Um, well, I’m not quite sure what I’m destined to do yet, but as soon as I figure out my true vocation, I’m following my heart.
Lazlo: That’s great. Until then, lunch break is over. Could we get back to work?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
735 - Getting a Visa to Travel Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Nov 04, 2011Traveling to another country sometimes requires getting a visa. Find out more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:17
Explanations: 3:52
Fast dialogue: 18:06
Yesenia: I have a great idea. Let’s plan a big party for your mother’s 70th birthday. We’ll invite all of your relatives from all over the world.
Julian: I don’t think very many of them can afford to travel half way around the world for a party.
Yesenia: I’ve already spoken with your rich brother and he’s already offered to pay for your family’s airfare and hotel. If we plan it, he’ll pay for it.
Julian: Julio offered to do that? Well, if he’s on board than we can give it a shot. But here’s another hitch. My extended family lives in a lot of different countries and I’m not sure they’ll get visas to visit the U.S., especially on short notice.
Yesenia: Let’s try, anyway. Your cousins in Canada don’t need a visa because most Canadian citizens don’t need one to cross the border. What about your uncle in Korea?
Julian: He’s already in the U.S. on an exchange visitor visa until June. He should be able to come.
Yesenia: What about your aunt in Greece?
Julian: She won’t need a visa because Greece is one of the countries in the Visa Waiver Program.
Yesenia: Do you think your nephews in South Africa will want to come?
Julian: I’m not sure what the visa situation is there. We’ll have to check with the State Department.
Yesenia: I’ll get on the horn first thing in the morning to see what I can find out. I might email them and ask them to check with the embassy or consulate there to be sure. This party is really shaping up.
Julian: You seem to have it all under control.
Yesenia: Haven’t you always said that party planning is my middle name?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #318 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Nov 02, 2011Topics: Famous Americans: Warren Buffet; The Chicken Soup book series; few versus little; only so many; to be due
Words:
share
partnership
sage
to endorse
philanthropy
inspirational
chicken soup
soul
to nourish
compilation
motivational speaker
few
little
only so many
to be due
Download File - 14.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
734 - Believing in Scary Things Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Oct 31, 2011Do you believe in ghosts? Listen to this episodes and find out if there is something scary waiting for you today.
Slow dialogue: 1:23
Explanations: 3:05
Fast dialogue: 16:08
Ella: No matter what you say, I am not going out tonight. It’s Halloween and evil things are lurking everywhere.
Jimmy: Come on, it’s Halloween! It’s the holiday when kids get dressed up and ask for candy. There is nothing evil or creepy about this day. If you’re scared stiff, it’s your own doing.
Ella: Don’t kid yourself. This is the day when ghosts, witches, zombies, and vampires come out and have a field day. I’ve got goosebumps just thinking about it.
Jimmy: Do you mean you actually believe in all of that stuff? You are too old to be so gullible. I’m going out.
Ella: Look! Hurry up and close that door! There’s a black cat. Oh my God. If you walk out that door, the next time I see you, it might be in a graveyard.
Jimmy: You’re crazy and I’m leaving.
Ella: If you have to go, take these with you.
Jimmy: What are they?
Ella: It’s a cross and some garlic. You’ll thank me later.
Jimmy: Ugh!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
733 - Voting in an Election Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Oct 28, 2011Vote early and vote often in this episode that’s all about elections.
Slow dialogue: 1:18
Explanations: 3:27
Fast dialogue: 16:37
Khaled: Are you going to the polling place or are you voting by absentee ballot again?
Bernice: I always vote with an absentee ballot so I can vote in the comfort of my own home and in my own time. In fact, I’ve already mailed in my ballot.
Khaled: Good for you. Which candidate did you vote for in the governor’s race?
Bernice: I didn’t vote for either of the bozos that are running. I voted for a write-in candidate.
Khaled: A write-in candidate? There isn’t a snowball’s chance in hell that a write-in candidate is going to win this election.
Bernice: That may be so, but I have to vote with my conscience, and I can’t bring myself to vote for either of those people. Have you voted?
Khaled: Not yet. I’m going to vote at the polls on Election Day. I want more time to think about whom to vote for and to read up on the ballot measures. There are a lot of them this time.
Bernice: Yeah, but the governor’s race is the only thing I care about. I can’t stand the thought of having either of those bozos as the next governor.
Khaled: Just out of curiosity, who did you write in as a candidate?
Bernice: You.
Khaled: Me?! You’re crazy. I don’t want to be governor.
Bernice: It was either you or me, and I’d rather not be a candidate and have to be in the company of those bozos.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #317 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Oct 26, 2011Topics: Movie: Mr. Smith Goes to Washington; Detroit and the Rust Belt; to knead versus to mash; the infinitive versus gerund form of a verb (to look for versus looking for); bona fide
Words:
to name a replacement
naive
to manipulate
to propose a bill
dam
corrupt
to turn against
to faint
Rust Belt
rust
racial tension
labor
to knead
to mash
to look for/looking for
bona fide
Download File - 13.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
732 - Preferring Different Work Styles Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Oct 24, 2011Do you like to work with others or by yourself? Find out about different work styles in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:40
Explanations: 3:31
Fast dialogue: 15:39
Hugo: How do you like working with Leo? Is it working out?
Melissa: No, it’s not. Our work styles completely clash and we butt heads at every turn.
Hugo: Really? I thought you were partnered up because you complemented each other’s strengths.
Melissa: Yeah, but that doesn’t mean we can work well together. I’m collaborative and like to talk things out. Leo likes to go solo. He goes off on his own and comes back with a finished product, without consulting with me at all.
Hugo: Yeah, I’ve worked with Leo before and he likes having autonomy, but he has to realize that the point of collaboration is that the sum is greater than the parts. Two people pooling ideas will make the product better.
Melissa: That’s the idea, anyway. Hey, I have a better idea. What do you think of you and me teaming up? We’re both collaborative. We’d make a great team.
Hugo: Yeah, but we also have the same skills. That’s why you’re working with Leo and I’m working with Lamar, remember?
Melissa: Yeah, I remember. I’m starting to think that collaboration is overrated.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
731 - Hints and Innuendo Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Oct 21, 2011I love eating chocolate. Did you know that Christmas is coming up soon? Yeah, I LOVE chocolate. If you don’t get the hint, listen to this episode. (Did I mention Christmas will soon be here?)
Slow dialogue: 1:09
Explanations: 3:07
Fast dialogue: 15:12
Roberta: You know, my birthday is coming up.
John: Yeah, I know. What are you getting at?
Roberta: Nothing. I was just thinking that it’s kind of an important birthday, a major birthday.
John: Yes, I know. Spit it out. What are you driving at?
Roberta: I was just thinking that some people might not know what to get me for such an important birthday, since some people don’t like to put a lot of thought into presents.
John: What are you implying? Are you insinuating that I don’t get you good presents for your birthdays?
Roberta: No, of course not. I just don’t want you to have to rack your brain to think of the perfect gift, that’s all.
John: Just tell me. What should I get you for your very important birthday?
Roberta: What? Just blurt it out? I can’t do that. I can give you a hint, but since you love me so much, I’m sure you can read my mind.
John: That’s where you’re wrong. If I had a nickel for every time a woman thought I should be able to read her mind, I’d be the richest man in the world! I don’t have an inkling of what you have on your mind.
Roberta: All right, I’ll make it more than a hint. I’ll give you three clues.
John: Great. That’ll make things crystal clear.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #316 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Oct 19, 2011Topics: Ask an American: Libraries Using Ad Campaigns to Improve Image and Funding; making introductions; stack versus stock
Words:
to light up
to click
deficit
geek
mental synapse
to get (one’s) geek on
billboard
poster
reaction
hip
to hit
to introduce
stack
stock
Download File - 16.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
730 - Waiting For Exam Results Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Oct 17, 2011Are you waiting to hear if you passed an exam or test? Find out how to describe your misery in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:21
Explanations: 3:46
Fast dialogue: 18:30
Joel: Did it come?
Susanne: No, it’s not in today’s mail. Why do I bother, anyway? I know it’s a foregone conclusion. I’ve failed.
Joel: That’s bull! I know you passed. You’re just on tenterhooks waiting around for the results to arrive and you’re psyching yourself out.
Susanne: No, I’m not.
Joel: Don’t you remember that when you came home after taking the exam, you thought you had aced it?
Susanne: I did, but that was before I started thinking about all of the questions I got wrong. Then, I thought it was a toss up whether I passed or not. Now that I’ve had even more time to think about it, I’m sure I biffed it.
Joel: See what I mean? You’ve been psyching yourself out for weeks. You studied really hard and I have no doubt that you passed with flying colors. All right, you’re not going to hear today, so let’s get your mind off of the exam, okay?
Susanne: All right. How?
Joel: You can help me study for the exam. I’m taking it at the next administration. I have no intention of bombing it or even squeaking by by the skin of my teeth – like some people.
Susanne: Very funny. Okay, so maybe I'm psyching myself out – a little bit. Okay, I’m game. Where do we begin?
Joel: With all of the ones you thought you got wrong.
Susanne: What?!
Joel: There’s no sense wasting all that worrying. And if you did fail it, you’ll need to get ready to take it again.
Susanne: Gee, thanks!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
729 - Being Blunt and Stubborn Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Oct 14, 2011Say what you mean and mean what you say. Find out about how to talk about blunt people in this episode.
Slow dialog: 1:15
Explanations: 2:56
Fast dialog: 17:43
Simone: So, what did you think of Bruce? Isn’t he great?
Dirk: Well, he’s certainly direct and forthright with his opinions. I don’t think I’ve ever met anyone who speaks his mind the way he does.
Simone: Yeah, isn’t that great? I’ve never liked a guy who straddles the fence or has namby-pamby opinions. I’ve always liked guys with strong opinions.
Dirk: Well, there’s strong and there’s pigheadedness*. Don’t you think?
Simone: What?! You think Bruce is pigheaded, just because he doesn’t budge when other people try to sway him? I think that’s an admirable trait.
Dirk: I think being blunt can be admirable under the right circumstances, but being stubborn as a mule can make it hard on other people, don’t you think?
Simone: No, I don’t. Other people can pull their punches if they want to, but a man who’ll speak up about what he believes in and stand by it is a real man to me.
Dirk: I can see why you two make a perfect couple. I hope never to be on the wrong side of an argument with either one of you.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #315 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Oct 12, 2011Topics: American Presidents: John F. Kennedy; Great Britain versus Britain versus England versus United Kingdom; hot shot
Words:
to become embroiled
to ram
war hero
convalescence
stillborn
retrospect
close
inaugural address
to depose
abrupt
assassination
fondly
Great Britain
Britain
England
United Kingdom
hotshot
Download File - 15.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
728 - Describing One's Skill Level Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Oct 10, 2011Are you terrible at writing descriptions? Me, too! Learn how to describe my low skill level in this episode.
Slow dialog: 1:21
Explanations: 3:15
Fast dialog: 14:58
Elaine: Welcome to your first day as an intern in our company office. Let me show you around. This is the main office area with a cubicle for each employee. Are you pretty good with computers?
Tony: Actually, my computer knowledge is pretty basic. The only thing I’m adept at is videogames. I’m not up to snuff on actually doing work on one.
Elaine: Okay, well you should be proficient by the end of your internship. Over there is where we keep the photocopier and fax machine. Have you used them before?
Tony: I’m an expert on the copier. I can use it with one hand tied behind my back. I’m particularly good at photocopying body parts.
Elaine: Uh, great.
Tony: But the fax...I’ve only used one once and I never quite mastered it.
Elaine: I’m sure you’ll get the hang of it pretty quickly. And this is the break room. You have your standard refrigerator and vending machines.
Tony: Hey, I’m really good with vending machines. That’s one machine I know inside and out.
Elaine: How could I have guessed that the one thing you really excel at is working the vending machine?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
727 - Home Architectural Styles Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Oct 07, 2011Sometimes bigger is not always better when it comes to houses. Learn about different architectural styles in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:19
Explanations: 3:03
Fast dialogue: 19:45
Ralph: I just talked to our new real estate agent and she’s going to show us some houses tomorrow. I told her that the bigger the better and that we’re looking for a large Cape Cod or Georgian-style house.
Nina: You did? I’ve been thinking that we’d try to find something more modest, a bungalow or a cottage.
Ralph: What?! You think I’m going to live in a house that’s a step up from a mobile home? No way. We’ve come into some money and we’re going to buy a big house – maybe a colonial or a Greek revival.
Nina: If you want something bigger than a bungalow, how about a split-level modern house or maybe a ranch-style house?
Ralph: You’re still thinking too small. The sky’s the limit. We can afford something big, something really big.
Nina: That’s what the nouveau riche would do.
Ralph: So what? Our money is new and we have a lot of it, and I want a big house. We’re not being ostentatious. If anyone criticizes us for that, I’d say, “Deal with it!”
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #314 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Oct 05, 2011Topics: Famous Songs: “Kumbaya”; Crater Lake National Park; free time versus spare time; at the end versus in the end; booking versus reservation
Words:
spiritual
to pass down
campfire
calming effect
to sway
crater
volcano
lodge
rim trail
indigenous
picturesque
impassable
free time
spare time
at the end
in the end
booking
reservation
Download File - 14.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
726 - Taking the Driving Test Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Oct 03, 2011Learning to drive can be scary – for you, and the teacher. Learn about taking a driving test in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:12
Explanations: 3:27
Fast dialogue: 18:12
Cesar: I just took the driving test. See this? That’s my new license.
May: You have to give me the play-by-play. I’m taking the test next week and I’m freaking out.
Cesar: There’s nothing to worry about. It was easy.
May: I’m not worried about the written test. It’s the driving test I’m worried about. I haven’t had a lot of practice. What did you have to do?
Cesar: Well, we got into the car and I fastened my seat belt. The examiner had me drive around the block, checking to see that I stopped at the stop signs and traffic signals.
May: That sounds okay. Did you have to drive on the freeway?
Cesar: Yeah, I went on the onramp and merged into traffic. She had me change lanes and accelerate to pass another driver. Just don’t forget to signal and don’t go over the speed limit.
May: Did you have to parallel park? That’s what I’m most worried about.
Cesar: Yeah, I parallel parked, but it was easy. Why are you so worried about the test?
May: I told you. I haven’t had very much practice.
Cesar: Exactly how many times have you been behind the wheel?
May: Well, a few times...maybe two times, and that was around a parking lot.
Cesar: Wow, you’d better get more practice if you’re going to take the test next week.
May: Could you...?
Cesar: Uh, sorry, but I’ve got someplace to be.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
725 - Childhood Illnesses and Diseases Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Sep 30, 2011Kids come down with all sorts of illnesses. Learn how to talk about some of them in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:19
Explanations: 3:05
Fast dialogue: 15:55
Rebecca: You look exhausted! Another tough day at the daycare center?
Puneet: Yeah, it was. This is a record year for the kids getting sick. The chicken pox is going around. Last year, it was the measles. The year before that, it was the mumps. This year, it’s the chicken pox.
Rebecca: You sent the kids home, right?
Puneet: Yeah, but today, a couple of the kids looked like they have pink eye, and I had to call their parents to let them know.
Rebecca: What happened to simple nosebleeds and earaches?
Puneet: Oh, we have kids with those, too, but it’s the contagious diseases that really take its toll. I’m not sure, but I think one of the little kids has strep throat, and a couple of the really little kids have croup. I wish there were a way to immunize all of them from every illness and disease out there.
Rebecca: Are you sure you’re working in a daycare center?
Puneet: Yeah, why?
Rebecca: Because it just sounds like you’re working at the Center for Disease Control. Tomorrow, I suggest wearing a gas mask to work.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #313 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Sep 28, 2011Topics: Salem Witch Trials; National Endowment for the Arts; in fact versus as a matter of fact; even versus even though; to look at
Words:
witch
supernatural
trial
fit
to afflict
outcast
to hang
mass hysteria
endowment
grant
subjective
to abolish
in fact
as a matter of fact
even
even though
to look at
Download File - 13.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
724 - Being Impolite in Conversation Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Sep 26, 2011Can’t we all just get along? Learn what not to do to be polite in conversation.
Slow dialogue: 1:24
Explanations: 3:17
Fast dialogue: 17:35
Angela: Ugh! I hate talking to Rebecca. Every time I ask her a question, she ignores me or sneers at me.
Ronny: Are you sure it’s not your imagination? She’s perfectly nice to me.
Angela: It’s not my imagination. When I try to tell her something, she cuts me off. When I try to explain something to her, she’s short with me or talks over me. I always get the feeling that she’s looking down her nose at me.
Ronny: Maybe she feels threatened by you.
Angela: How so?
Ronny: You’re younger, smarter, and better educated. She might feel like you’re after her job.
Angela: But I’m not! I just started here and I don’t have any designs on replacing her.
Ronny: And you’re prettier than she is.
Angela: What does that have to do with anything, even if it were true?
Ronny: Well, she’s had a thing for me for a while and…
Angela: And she thinks I’m her competition. No wonder she’s so standoffish with me. I’ll just make it clear that I won’t stand in her way.
Ronny: You won’t?
Angela: Huh?
Ronny: Never mind.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
723 - Things Associated with Autumn Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Sep 23, 2011It’s time to change seasons again. Get ready for autumn by listening to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:17
Explanations: 3:22
Fast dialogue: 18:43
Erin: Smell that!
Sean: Smell what?
Erin: Can’t you smell the changing of the seasons? I love autumn. The fall colors are out and there’s a chill is in the air.
Sean: That means I’ll be raking leaves every weekend when I should be watching football.
Erin: How can you be so grumpy when you see cute little squirrels squirreling away their nuts for the winter?
Sean: That just means they’re running across the roof even more often, waking me up every morning.
Erin: Not even you can put a damper on my good mood. I can’t wait for homecoming games and especially the harvest festivals. They’ll be hayrides, bonfires, and s’mores!
Sean: As you know, I have hay allergies and those bonfires are a danger to the environment. And I don’t like s’mores, in the summer or in the fall.
Erin: How can you be such a party-pooper?
Sean: The only good thing about the fall is that it’s right before winter when bears go into hibernation, so I won’t have to worry about running into one. Hey, what’s this?
Erin: This is a cup of hot chocolate to put you in the fall mood. Drink up and we’ll go for a walk outside. It’s a beautiful day and a walk will help you see all that you’re missing.
Sean: I’ll drink the hot chocolate, but don’t expect any epiphanies.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #312 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Sep 21, 2011Topics: Jimmy Hoffa and the Teamsters; The National Geographic Society; shade versus shadow; rarely versus seldom; every cloud has a silver lining
Words:
union
management
Teamsters
mob
to convict
fraud
bribery
sentence
to follow up on a lead
to diffuse
atlas
dying language
shade
shadow
rarely
seldom
every cloud has a silver lining
Download File - 14.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
722 - Talking About Television Shows Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Sep 19, 2011Don’t change the channel! It’s time for the new television shows to eat away at your time and soul.
Slow dialogue: 1:09
Explanations: 2:58
Fast dialogue: 16:32
Cleo: The new TV season is starting this week and I can’t wait. I’ve been watching reruns all summer and I’m ready for the premiers of my favorite shows.
Victor: You watch Madwomen, right?
Cleo: Yes, it’s my favorite show.
Victor: Then I’ve got some bad news for you. It’s been cancelled.
Cleo: How is that possible? The show was on hiatus last season because of contract negotiations, but I heard that it had been renewed for another season. The season finale was a cliffhanger!
Victor: I know, but something must have gone wrong. They filmed two episodes, which they’ll air, but then there’ll be a mid-season replacement.
Cleo: This is outrageous! I’ve been waiting nearly two years for its return. Oh well, at least I can watch my other favorite show tonight, Reviver.
Victor: Sorry, but it’s been preempted. The President is giving a televised speech tonight.
Cleo: Are you kidding me?!
Victor: Nope, sorry.
Cleo: The world is conspiring against me. I’ve had enough. I’m giving up TV watching!
Victor: You? That I’ve got to see!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
721 - A Widespread Epidemic Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Sep 16, 2011Some diseases can move very quickly from one person to another. Learn more about how to describe epidemics in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:18
Explanations: 2:55
Fast dialogue: 13:37
Alan: Did you see today’s news? There’s been an outbreak of Podcaster’s Disease in the city.
Katja: Oh, my God, not Podcaster’s Disease! I would not want to come down with that.
Alan: The first outbreak was at the local high school, and the health authorities thought it was localized. But a second, more widespread, outbreak has been reported at the city’s government offices.
Katja: That’s terrible! I thought Podcaster’s Disease was very rare.
Alan: It is, and that’s why the authorities are so alarmed. It’s highly communicable, so they’re hoping it won’t turn into an epidemic, or worse, a pandemic.
Katja: I’ve heard that this disease is horrible, but I’m not sure what the symptoms are. Do you know?
Alan: From what I’ve read, sufferers of Podcaster’s Disease can’t stop talking and they speak in an announcer’s voice all the time.
Katja: Oh, my God, what a terrible fate!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #311 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Sep 14, 2011Topics: Ask an American: Concussions Affect U.S. Teen Athletes; customer versus client; overwhelming; exciting; discussion on/about
Words:
ref
time out
trainer
concussion
face down
to work (someone)
match
whistle
fogginess
to think straight
nausea
dizziness
off balance
customer
client
overwhelming
exciting
discussion
Download File - 13.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
720 - Buying Office Furniture Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Sep 12, 2011Moving into a new office, or just want a new desk? Go shopping for office furniture in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:14
Explanations: 3:06
Fast dialogue: 15:58
Natalia: Is that the Office Shop catalogue?
Kei: Yeah, I’m in charge of furnishing the new offices on the second floor. They need everything – desks, file cabinets, bookcases – you name it.
Natalia: That sounds like fun. I love shopping for new furniture. Can I help?
Kei: Yes, definitely. I’ve picked out a few things already, but I’m having a hard time deciding among all of these office chairs.
Natalia: Get this one. They’re on casters and are fully adjustable.
Kei: Okay, what about desks? Everybody has a different idea about office desks.
Natalia: I like this one. It’s got a keyboard tray, file drawers, and space for lateral files. See?
Kei: All right, I guess that one is as good as any, but what about this one with a hutch?
Natalia: This desk has an optional hutch. If the new employees want a hutch, they can order one later.
Kei: Okay, last but not least, we need bookcases.
Natalia: These are solid wood and look sturdy. What do you think?
Kei: I think there’s one person who’s cut out for this job, and that person is not me!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
719 - Eating Unhealthy Foods Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Sep 09, 2011Some say McDonald’s has the world’s healthiest food. These people are, of course, crazy. Find out how to eat better food in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:13
Explanations: 3:01
Fast dialogue: 14:25
Helen: So, what’s for lunch?
Gabe: Since you were nice enough to spend your Saturday morning helping me out, I’ll make sandwiches for lunch. I know it doesn’t sound like much, but I make a mean sandwich.
Helen: That sounds good, but you’re not going to use those cold cuts, are you?
Gabe: I was. Why?
Helen: Those are processed meats made with additives and a lot of sodium – definitely not what you’d want to put into your body.
Gabe: I eat these kinds of cold cuts all the time.
Helen: You shouldn’t if you don’t want to eat a lot saturated fat.
Gabe: Okay, how about if I make us salads.
Helen: Not with those greens. Unless they’re organic, they’re full of pesticides and chemicals.
Gabe: [sighs] All right, how about if I make us healthy smoothies?
Helen: Only if you use only fresh fruit. Bottled juices are full of high-fructose corn syrup. Yuck!
Gabe: I’ve got a great idea.
Helen: What?
Gabe: You pick the restaurant and I’ll buy you lunch.
Helen: I don’t want to put you to any trouble.
Gabe: It’s no trouble at all. [Said under his breath] I’d do anything to get you out of my kitchen!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #310 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Sep 07, 2011Topics: Famous Americans: Clara Barton; The California Gold Rush; problem versus issue versus concern; cordless versus wireless; brothers and sisters
Words:
medical supplies
front lines
angel
in charge of
to advance
victim
to rush
word spread
to pan for gold
influx
saloon
problem
issue
concern
cordless
wireless
sister
brother
Download File - 15.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
718 - Serving on a Jury Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Sep 05, 2011This episode is, beyond a reasonable doubt, innocent of any wrongdoing. Listen to find out why.
Slow dialogue: 1:11
Explanations: 3:09
Fast dialogue: 15:55
Samantha: How was your first day on a jury?
Jinho: It was okay. The judge swore us in and then we listened to the beginning of the prosecutor’s case. Two witnesses testified.
Samantha: That sounds exciting! I’d love to be on a jury. Why didn’t they sequester you? That’s what they do on TV.
Jinho: We didn’t need to be sequestered. This isn’t a high-profile case. Hey, guess what? I was selected as foreman.
Samantha: Wow, that’s a lot of responsibility.
Jinho: It’s no big deal. I think I was selected because nobody else wanted the job.
Samantha: What’ll happen tomorrow?
Jinho: We’ll hear the rest of the prosecutor’s case and then the defense attorney will put on her case. I’m sure the entire thing will be over in three or four days.
Samantha: Were there any interesting exhibits? Will the defendant take the stand?
Jinho: No, no interesting exhibits so far, and I’m not sure if the defendant will take the stand.
Samantha: I wish I were in your place. I’d love to put a criminal behind bars.
Jinho: You’re supposed to be impartial when you’re on a jury, remember?
Samantha: Oh sure, I’d only convict the guilty defendants – just like on TV!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
717 - Starting a New School Year Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Sep 02, 2011A new school year! For students, it's a time of sadness to see the summer end. For me, it's a time of joy when all of the screaming neighbor children leave me in peace for a few hours. In either case, learn about how to start the school year off right in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:20
Explanations: 3:10
Fast dialogue: 17:36
Mom: It’s your first day at a new school. I’m worried about you.
Paul: Mom, I’ll be fine.
Mom: Do you have all of your books and supplies in your backpack? Oh and I’ve packed you a lunch already.
Paul: You didn’t have to do that, Mom. I was going to buy lunch at school.
Mom: Now you won’t have to. I hope you make some new friends. It’s no fun being a loner. It’s not that you have to be popular. I just don’t want you to feel left out.
Paul: I’ll be fine, Mom. I’d better go, or I’ll be late.
Mom: Do you think the school will do something special to kick off the new school year? I hope your teachers aren’t too strict. Oh, your backpack weights a ton! But you can leave most of your books in your locker, right?
Paul: They don’t have lockers at my new school, but I’ll be fine.
Mom: I hope the teachers don’t already have seating plans. I know you like to sit near the back of the classroom. And I hope you won’t have too much homework on the first day...
Paul: Mom, stop fussing. Everything will be fine.
Mom: You’re my baby and I’m worried about you.
Paul: Mom, I’m not starting kindergarten. I’m starting college, remember?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #309 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Aug 31, 2011Topics: Movie: West Side Story; Uncle Sam; “ship” and other suffixes; grab a spoon/fork; to take the big game down
Words:
to thwart
gang
rival
poignant
musical
catchy
to depict
goatee
chin
to recruit
counterpart
stout
grab a spoon/fork
to take the big game down
Download File - 15.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
716 - Working Without Supervision Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Aug 29, 2011Some people think life would be better if there were no bosses. Bosses don't agree. Find out why in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:12
Explanations: 3:09
Fast dialogue: 16:17
Veronica: Where’s Stan?
Kyle: He’s not here.
Veronica: When will he be back?
Kyle: I’m not sure. He hasn’t been here for a couple of days.
Veronica: A couple of days?! He’s supposed to be here overseeing the day-to-day operations. You’re his second-in-command. Where is he?
Kyle: I honestly don’t know. He’s been MIA since Tuesday.
Veronica: I come all the way here to talk to him about budget overruns and I find that he’s been shirking his responsibilities, too. I’ve a feeling he’s been phoning it in for a long time now. So have you been covering for him?
Kyle: Me? I’m just trying to do my job. When Stan isn’t here, I do my best to fill in. But I’m not saying anything against Stan.
Veronica: I appreciate your loyalty, but when push comes to shove, you’ve got to look out for yourself, right?
Kyle: Uh, I guess. I’m not sure.
Veronica: Well, I do. I need to look out for my best interests and that’s making sure this place has proper supervision. How would you like a promotion?
Kyle: You mean you’re firing Stan and giving me his job?
Veronica: Do you want the job or don’t you?
Kyle: Can I talk to Stan first? I don’t want him to think I’m a backstabber.
Veronica: You can...if you can find him.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
715 - Outsiders Moving In Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Aug 26, 2011Who are all of those new people in your neighborhood? Learn in this episode about what happens when the population begins to change.
Slow dialogue: 1:09
Explanations: 2:27
Fast dialogue: 15:46
Leti: I am sick and tired of people coming from the big cities into our small town and buying up all of the houses and acting like they own the place.
George: This is a dying town and it needs fresh blood. I don’t hear the business owners complaining about the new infusion of money into the town.
Leti: Oh, yeah? Well, the flip side is that their spending is jacking up prices and making it harder for the families who have lived here for generations.
George: The times are changing and we need to adapt.
Leti: I say that the newcomers are the ones who need to adapt. After all, they’re moving to our town.
George: With that kind of us against them mentality, there may be a day when you succeed in driving out those newcomers.
Leti: I look forward to that day.
George: All I have to say is beware what you wish for!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #308 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Aug 24, 2011Topics: Famous Authors: Herman Melville; the Ku Klux Klan; to locate versus to position versus to localize; to keep on your toes; to roll with the punches; to suffer from versus to die of/from
Words:
whaling ship
revival
to seek revenge
canon
terrorist
white supremacy
anti-Semitic
robe
cross
alliance
to lynch
to backfire
to locate
to position
to localize
to keep on one’s toes
to roll with the punches
to suffer from
to die from/of
Download File - 14.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
714 - Dining with a Foodie Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Aug 22, 2011Think you have good taste in restaurants? Think again as you spend this episode with a self-proclaimed expert.
Slow dialogue: 1:22
Explanations: 2:59
Fast dialogue: 16:46
I invited my friend Nick to try a new restaurant with me. This restaurant was the latest thing, and since Nick was a foodie, I thought he would have an interesting take on the meal.
...
Anita: So, what did you think of the first course?
Nick: I thought it was passable.
Anita: Just passable?
Nick: Yes, it was a run-of-the-mill dish you could find in any fine dining restaurant. No gourmet would be bowled over by it.
Anita: Oh, I thought it was pretty good. What about the main course?
Nick: I thought the fish wasn’t seasoned properly and it was a touch overcooked.
Anita: I’m sorry to hear that.
Nick: And the wine pairing was all wrong.
Anita: I’m not a wine aficionado, so I guess my palate isn’t as sophisticated as yours. I thought the wine was wonderful.
Nick: Hmm, in my opinion, the entire meal was forgettable.
...
That was the last time I invited Nick to join me for a meal. I thought the meal was delicious, but Nick’s comments left a bad taste in my mouth!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
713 - Being Physically Strong Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Aug 19, 2011You need to be strong to move large pieces of furniture. Learn how to talk about it in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:11
Explanations: 2:35
Fast dialogue: 13:52
Takeshi: What do you want me to do with this piano?
Paula: I want you to move it from the living room to the family room. You’re as strong as an ox and that’s why I called you for help.
Takeshi: Lucky me. I don’t think I can move that piano by myself, though.
Paula: You’re built and have muscles coming out of your ears. Come on! Let’s put those muscles to work!
Takeshi: I haven’t been working out as much recently. I don’t think I’m up to the job.
Paula: I’ll cut you some slack. I’ll help.
Takeshi: What I’m trying to tell you is that you’ll need at least three big guys to move this piano. There’s no way around it.
Paula: Come on. Be a man. Suck it up! I’m willing to put my back into it, so let’s move this thing.
Takeshi: You are completely deluded if you think we’re going to move this piano one inch. I, for one, am not putting my back out trying to do the work of three!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #307 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Aug 17, 2011Topics: Famous Americans: Booker T. Washington; things Americans believe are lucky; horribly versus terribly versus awfully; full tuition reimbursement; carbon copy
Words:
freedmen
peer
activism
accommodating
desegregation
historically black university
lucky
keychain
horseshoe
clover
to knock
knuckles
horribly
terribly
awfully
full tuition reimbursement
carbon copy
Download File - 16.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
712 - Types of Business Entities Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Aug 15, 2011If you are starting a new business, you want to make sure you do it right. Learn about how businesses can be organized in this episode
Slow dialogue: 1:17
Explanations: 3:06
Fast dialogue: 16:57
Ron: I’m only your tax accountant, but let me give you a piece of advice. If you’re planning to start a business, you’ll want to carefully consider what type of business entity you want to do business under.
Marcela: Is that important? My parents ran a mom-and-pop store for 40 years and they never had to think about stuff like that.
Ron: I don’t know about your parents’ business, but opening a store these days means having to think about the tax implications and liability issues.
Marcela: Liability issues?
Ron: Yes. What if somebody sues you? Without proper safeguards, a lawsuit could bankrupt you and your business.
Marcela: I’d never thought of that.
Ron: You’ll probably want to consider forming a corporation or an LLC. You’ll be a sole proprietor, right? You’re not going into business with someone else, are you?
Marcela: I’ll have two partners actually.
Ron: In that case, you’ll also want to think about things like the transferring of interests and the duration of the entity.
Marcela: Wow, starting a business is a lot more complicated than I thought.
Ron: My advice? Get a lawyer, and the sooner the better!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
711 - A Difficult Place to Find Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Aug 12, 2011Sometimes a map is enough. Learn how to find somewhere difficult to find in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:08
Explanations: 2:49
Fast dialogue: 16:08
Ricardo: I’m making one more pass and if we don’t see a sign for the hotel, I’m heading back into town. I’m tired and I want a shower.
Marsha: I’m sure we’ll find it. When I talked to the desk clerk, she said that the hotel is hidden away behind some trees and to keep an eye out for their white sign.
Ricardo: Did she say blink and you’ll miss it? Because we’ve driven past this stretch three times and I don’t see a sign.
Marsha: She just said that they’re a little off the beaten path.
Ricardo: If they know that their hotel is so hard to find, why don’t they make it more prominent with some kind of landmark?
Marsha: That’s part of the charm of a small hotel hideaway. It doesn’t have neon signs and it’s tucked away far from the tourist areas.
Ricardo: That’s all good and fine, but we have to find it first. Okay, this is the last pass. Keep your eyes peeled.
Marsha: There it is! I’ve spotted the sign. It’s over there, see?
Ricardo: Yeah, now I see it. Geez, it’s like finding a needle in a haystack!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #306 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Aug 10, 2011Topics: Ask an American: Health effects of city living; how do you say versus what do you call; résumé; too
Words:
to play out
urban
well-being
poverty
incidence
bottom line
in-house
depressed
substance abuse
return on investment
bike lane
to think outside of the box
landscape
how do you say (something)
what do you call (something)
résumé
too
Download File - 13.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
710 - Doubting One’s Language Use Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Aug 08, 2011Not sure how to say what you’re not sure how to say? Listen to this episode and find out how to express your doubts in English.
Slow dialogue: 1:23
Explanations: 3:24
Fast dialogue: 17:23
Flora: Can you help me? I’m working on this email to Emil and I’m having trouble coming up with the right words in French.
Andy: My French isn’t much better than yours, but I’ll give it a shot.
Flora: Okay, read this sentence for me. What I want to know is if that is a suitable way to say that I’m sick, but that I’m not seriously ill.
Andy: Word choice can be tricky, but I think that’s the appropriate word, with the right meaning and the right connotations.
Flora: Okay, now read this sentence. It doesn’t sound right to me. Is this the right usage of the word “faire”? I really doubt it.
Andy: That’s because you’re using the wrong form of the verb, I think. Now if only I can think of the correct form. My French is really, really rusty.
Flora: Now that you’ve pointed out the problem, I can look it up later. What about this paragraph? The last sentence sounds awkward to me.
Andy: It sounds okay to me, but then again, I’m not a native speaker.
Flora: Ugh, this is so frustrating! It’s such a production every time I write him an email.
Andy: Maybe Emil will learn English and your troubles will be over.
Flora: Yes and maybe monkeys will fly out of my butt!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
709 - Taking Someone for Granted Author: Center for Educational DevelopAuthor: ment
Fri, Aug 05, 2011Does your boyfriend appreciate you? Does your girlfriend ever thank you for all you do for her? If not, then find a new love by listening to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:24
Explanations: 2:47
Fast dialogue: 14:29
Phil: Did you hear that Melissa has finally left Eric? It’s about time!
Cameron: Oh, that’s sad. It’s always sad when two people can’t make it work.
Phil: Well, it wasn’t for a lack of trying, on Melissa’s part. She bent over backwards trying to please Eric and he always took her for granted. If you ask me, Melissa was always too good for him.
Cameron: Really? I don’t know Eric too well, but he seemed nice.
Phil: Yeah, he’s nice on the surface, but he’s really a slimeball. Trust me, I know.
Cameron: I believe you, but what’s Melissa going to do now?
Phil: I think she should find a nice guy who’ll appreciate her.
Cameron: Someone like you?
Phil: She could do worse. I’d treat her right and make her happy.
Cameron: You sound like a man with a plan.
Phil: “Be prepared.” Isn’t that what the Boy Scouts say?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #305 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Aug 03, 2011Topics: Famous Songs: I’ve Been Working on the Railroad; Burning Man; irony versus sarcasm versus satire; agreement versus contract; to fall for (someone) versus to fall for (something)
Words:
folk song
to date back
railroad
to pass the time away
whistle
to rise
radical
self-reliance
harsh
leave no trace
to burn
effigy
irony
sarcasm
satire
agreement
contract
to fall for (someone)
to fall for (something)
Download File - 15.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
708 - Trademarks and Logos Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Aug 01, 2011Think different. Make money the old-fashioned way: Earn it by improving your knowledge of trademarks and logos in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 0:59
Explanations: 2:32
Fast dialogue: 14:40
Bianca: Look at this logo I designed for our new line of products.
Vien: That’s really nice, but it looks a lot like our competitor’s logo. In fact, it’s almost identical.
Bianca: No, it’s not. The color is a different shade of green, the graphic is smaller, and instead of a picture of a woman, I’m using a picture of a man. They’re nothing alike.
Vien: That’s not what most people would say. Looking at your logo and our competitor’s logo side by side, I’d say this was a clear case of trademark infringement.
Bianca: Okay, to be honest, I purposely made them look a little alike so that customers will associate our products with their brand. So what? I don’t think that’s a big deal.
Vien: Our competitor has exclusive rights to use its logo. If ours is too similar, the trademark registry and the courts are going to nail us.
Bianca: So what do you want me to do?
Vien: Go back to the drawing board – literally!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
707 - Looking Back on One’s Life Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jul 29, 2011Are you satisfied with your life so far? Learn how to be a little happier by listening to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 0:58
Explanations: 2:32
Fast dialogue: 16:12
Nick: I’m turning 40 this year and what do I have to show for it?
Danielle: Actually, you’ve accomplished a lot. Do you know what your problem is? Your expectations are too high and your goals are unattainable for most people.
Nick: Not for me. They shouldn’t have been. I had my life all planned out and nothing is turning out the way it should.
Danielle: I would never have pegged you for someone with regrets about how his life has turned out.
Nick: But I was supposed to make my first million dollars by the time I was 30. By 35, I should have met someone and settled down, maybe had a child or two. None of that has panned out.
Danielle: You have lots of friends and a full life. Maybe things didn’t turn out the way you had imagined, but wouldn’t you say you were generally content?
Nick: I was before I started thinking about my upcoming birthday.
Danielle: Then stop thinking about it. Too much brooding could definitely lead to regrets – not to mention premature aging!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #304 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jul 27, 2011Topics: American Presidents: Bill Clinton; Louisiana Voodoo; articulation versus enunciation versus pronunciation; to start versus commence; I believe you versus I believe in you
Words:
governor
fiscal responsibility
to mar
affair
to impeach
to lie under oath
pardon
Voodoo
to trace (something) back to
charm
favor
superstition
articulation
enunciation
pronunciation
to start
to commence
I believe you
I believe in you
Download File - 14.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
706 - Feeling Ill from Food While Traveling Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jul 25, 2011Don’t drink the water, and be careful what you eat when you’re traveling! Find out how not to get sick on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:07
Explanations: 2:24
Fast dialogue: 14:58
Rumi: I’m as sick as a dog!
Hugo: It serves you right. I warned you not to eat food sold by food vendors on the street. Cleanliness is not a priority at some of those food stands.
Rumi: I’m not one to turn up my nose up at street food. On the street is where you’ll find the most authentic food, the food the locals eat. And plus, I have a stomach of steel.
Hugo: You had a stomach of steel, and there’s no way to guard against undercooked or contaminated food.
Rumi: Okay, you’re right.
Hugo: It’ll probably take days for whatever it is that’s making you sick to work itself out of your system. Some vacation!
Rumi: Just be grateful you’re not puking your guts out like I am.
Hugo: Believe me, I’m thanking my lucky stars.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
ESL Podcast Special Edition Sixth Anniversary Video Podcast - The Really Serious Episode Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jul 22, 2011ESL Podcast's Sixth Anniversary Video Podcast: The (Really) Serious Episode
Download File - 13.4 MB Watch This Podcast (Streaming Video)
705 - An Exclusive Guest List Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jul 22, 2011Did you get invited to our exclusive party? If not, find out why on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:29
Explanations: 3:12
Fast dialogue: 16:04
Catherine: Do you have a draft of the guest list? We need to get the invitations out next week.
Ralph: It’s not quite done yet. I keep going back and forth about a few people I’m not sure about, like Lacy Say.
Catherine: Lacy Say? She’s a has-been. She hasn’t been in a movie for years. We only want people on the A-list at this party.
Ralph: What about Jess McGillan? I’m on the fence about him.
Catherine: He’s definitely a D-lister. This party is very exclusive and we don’t want any D-listers rubbing elbows with VIPs.
Ralph: I understand that, but what if we don’t get enough A-listers to come?
Catherine: That will not happen. This party has to be a success!
Ralph: And if we don’t have enough guests because we’ve excluded so many D-list celebrities?
Catherine: There will always be gatecrashers. We can let in a few to buff up the numbers, if push comes to shove.
Ralph: What happens to the exclusivity of the party if that happens?
Catherine: If that happens, this party has bombed and I don’t care if we even let in podcasters!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #303 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jul 20, 2011Topics: Jaws; The Presidential Medal of Freedom, the Congressional Gold Star, and the Medal of Honor; to go in versus to go into versus to get in versus to get into; overwhelming; off-kilter
Words:
jaw
shark
resort town
breakthrough
score
suspense
sequel
medal
civilian
to commemorate
posthumously
to inter
to go in
to go into
to get in
to get into
overwhelming
off-kilter
Download File - 15.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
704 - Reselling Products for Profit Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jul 18, 2011If you have to have the latest electronic device, you may have to pay extra for it. Find out why in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:13
Explanations: 3:18
Fast dialogue: 17:04
Jessie: Where are you going?
Masa: I’m going to stand in line to get one of the first iDopes. They go on sale this morning at 9 a.m.
Jessie: Why don’t you just wait a couple of days when there’ll be no line?
Masa: I’m sure they’re going to sell out, and plus, I’m going to buy an extra one so I can resell it.
Jessie: You’re going to resell it? Oh, you mean like scalping tickets.
Masa: You got it. I can put a markup on it and make a nice little profit.
Jessie: You mean you’re going to jack up the price.
Masa: I’m not gouging anybody. I’m just putting a little premium on a product that’s in demand.
Jessie: But what if they don’t sell out? Won’t you be stuck with an extra iDope?
Masa: I won’t have any problems unloading it. Trust me, this is a simple case of supply and demand. I’ve got the supply and there’s a big demand. Hey, where are you going?
Jessie: I’m going with you. You’re not the only one in this house who wants to earn a little extra dough.
Masa: I didn’t say you could go with me.
Jessie: Why can’t I?
Masa: Because then I’d be helping you to junk up the market. And that would be shooting myself in the foot.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
703 - Attending an Auction Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jul 15, 2011Want to experience an exciting way to shop? Go to an auction in this episode and learn the English you’ll need to buy that Monet you’ve always wanted.
Slow dialogue: 1:14
Explanations: 3:09
Fast dialogue: 17:11
Diane: This is so exciting! I’ve never been to an auction before.
Martin: Sit down. It’s about to start. The auctioneer is on the podium with her gavel and she’s ready to start the bidding.
Diane: Are you bidding on the first lot?
Martin: No, the reserve is too high. See? The opening bid is over 10,000 dollars. I’m not surprised. Items of that quality don’t appear on the auction block very often.
Diane: What are those people doing on the phone?
Martin: They are bidding on behalf of people who can’t be here, the absentee bidders. Hey, stop waving that paddle around! The auctioneer is going to think that you’re placing a bid.
Diane: Oh, sorry. Listen, the price is up to 30,500 dollars. Going, going, gone! The auction house is going to make a nice commission on that one. This is so much fun!
Martin: Shhh! I’m going to bid on the next lot. Where is the paddle?
Diane: The paddle?
Martin: Yeah, the paddle. Where did you put it?
Diane: I had it just a minute ago.
Martin: Find it, or else I’m putting your head on the block.
Diane: The auction block?
Martin: No, the chopping block!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #302 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jul 13, 2011Topics: Famous Americans: Thomas Edison; Liberia; symposium versus workshop versus seminar; to account for; "Let us never negotiate out of fear, but let us never fear to negotiate."
Words:
inventor
prodigious
practical
phonograph
patent
entrepreneur
telegraph
wizard
perspiration
to repatriate
to colonize
elite
symposium
workshop
seminar
to account for
to negotiate
Download File - 14.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
702 - Finding Other Singles Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jul 11, 2011If you’re looking for the love of your life, get some advice on this episode, and soon you will either no longer be single.
Slow dialogue: 1:11
Explanations: 3:23
Fast dialogue: 17:00
I was tired of being single. All of my friends had paired up and I was left hanging. Like everybody else these days, I tried using the Internet to find other singles, but I never had any luck. Cruising for my ideal woman among a bunch of lonely hearts is like looking for a needle in a haystack. I needed another strategy.
I finally hit on a brilliant idea. I would find places where single women naturally congregate and simply show up. It may turn out to be a wild goose chase, but I was willing to give it a shot.
That’s how I decided to take a jewelry-making class at the community center. I may not know much, but I do know that two things that naturally go together are women and jewelry.
I got to the class a few minutes late so I could make a grand entrance. But when I walked in, I got the shock of my life. The room was full of single women all right, but not one of them was under the age of 70!
They were definitely glad to see me. I even received a couple of invitations to dinner that day. But to be honest, that wasn’t the kind of dinner date I had been looking for!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
701 - Improving Your Looks Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jul 08, 2011They say real beauty is on the inside. Find out what to do when that isn’t good enough in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:09
Explanations: 3:10
Fast dialogue: 18:39
Leo: Where have you been?
Mai: I’ve been meeting with an agent. You know I’ve wanted to pursue a career in acting for a long time, but today I actually met with a real agent. She thinks I have potential.
Leo: Is she going to sign you?
Mai: She might. She suggested a few improvements that are going to make me more salable as an actress.
Leo: What did she suggest?
Mai: Well, she thought I should get some hair extensions to make my hair look longer and fuller.
Leo: There’s nothing wrong with your hair.
Mai: Well, she thought it could use some sprucing up. She also recommended getting my teeth capped. At the very least, she said I should have teeth whitening done.
Leo: Your teeth look nice and natural. There’s nothing wrong with them.
Mai: She also suggested getting a spray tan, so I’d look healthier.
Leo: You already look healthy. Is she crazy?
Mai: No, I think she’s giving me good constructive criticism. I want to make myself as salable as possible.
Leo: It sounds like she wants to stamp out all of your individuality and turn you into a clone of every other actress out there.
Mai: I was thinking of taking her advice. I want to be salable.
Leo: You’re a person, not a piece of meat. Salable, schmalable! Don’t you even think about it!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #301 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jul 06, 2011Topics: Ask an American: The value of church services; outbreak versus break out; to pull off versus to pull over versus to pull in; to act silly
Words:
invest
church
synagogue
to overlook
value
pastor
to commit suicide
halo
sacred
demonstrable
impact
local
outbreak
to break out
to pull off
to pull over
to pull in
to act silly
Download File - 13.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
700 - Starting a New Workweek Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jul 04, 2011Everybody’s working for the weekend – or so I’ve heard. Find out how not to start a new week at work in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:12
Explanations: 2:34
Fast dialogue: 13:41
Naomi: Wow, you look like you had a rough weekend. A little too much partying, huh?
Aaron: You said it. I’m planning to ease into the new workweek. I need time to chill and to recover. Could you take a meeting this morning with our new client?
Naomi: What will you do?
Aaron: I’ll be sitting here waiting for hump day. The weekend can’t come soon enough!
Naomi: It’s Monday and you’re already looking forward to next weekend?
Aaron: You got it.
Naomi: And you want to slack off, while I take on the lion’s share of your work. Is that what you’re saying?
Aaron: Just this once. I’ll return the favor the next time you have a rough weekend.
Naomi: What are you planning for next weekend?
Aaron: Why do you ask?
Naomi: I want to know how long I’ll have to wait for a chance to sit back and watch you work!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
699 - Dealing With the Paparazzi Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jul 01, 2011Do you have photographers following you around wherever you go? If you do, then this episode will tell you what you need to know to talk about being so famous.
Slow dialogue: 1:06
Explanations: 2:39
Fast dialogue: 15:56
Fredo: I feel like a prisoner in my own home! I can’t step outside without the paparazzi snapping pictures of me. They stake out my house 24 hours a day.
Amanda: I suppose that’s the price of fame. You do have the most popular podcast in the world.
Fredo: But they’re such a pain in the neck! They don’t just take pictures. They chase me in my car and follow me into restrooms, trying to corner me. It’s an invasion of privacy.
Amanda: You’re right, but look on the bright side. The paparazzi give you plenty of exposure. They keep your name – and your face – in the spotlight.
Fredo: It would be fine if they just took a few candid shots while I’m at dinner or at the store, but they try to take photos when I’m out of town, trying to catch me doing something I shouldn’t.
Amanda: At least, that’s good news for your wife. She can call off that private detective she hired to follow you from city to city!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #300 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 29, 2011Topics: American Presidents: Theodore Roosevelt; The Folk Tales of Uncle Remus; drug versus pill versus tablet; pronouncing ½; engagement versus commitment
Words:
sickly
disillusioned
spoils system
to declare
rough
trust
canal
at odds with
folk tale
fictional
dialect
tar
drug
pill
tablet
half (½)
engagement
commitment
Download File - 15.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
698 - Making Ethnically or Racially Offensive Remarks Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jun 27, 2011Learn about racial and ethnic slurs in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:01
Explanations: 2:32
Fast dialogue: 15:47
Mike: Did you hear what Dan said? He called me a mick. What decade is he living in?
Patti: He’s just ignorant. I’m sure he wasn’t trying to be offensive.
Mike: Well, I take offense. And to add insult to injury, did you hear what else he said?
Patti: What?
Mike: He said that he was speaking on behalf of the Irish in the community when he said he liked the plan. How dare he speak for other people? It’s presumptuous.
Patti: He was trying to make a point and probably just got carried away. I agree that what he said could be insulting, but let’s give him the benefit of the doubt.
Mike: You can be magnanimous if you want to be, but I know an ethnic slur when I hear one.
Patti: It wasn’t an ethnic slur. It wasn’t the politically correct term, that’s all. He’s a little behind the times.
Mike: Behind the times?! He’d have to live to 150 to catch up to the present!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
697 - Eating a School Lunch Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jun 24, 2011Are you between the ages of 6 and 18? Do you feel hungry? If so, then try eating a school lunch in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 2:56
Fast dialogue: 15:11
Chris: What are you doing? Let’s get into the hot lunch line.
Sybil: See this lunchbox? My mom made me brown-bag it today. She says that the lunches served at school aren’t nutritious enough.
Chris: That sucks. What did she make you?
Sybil: A salad.
Chris: Oh, gross. I really feel sorry for you. What else?
Sybil: Let me see. There are some carrot sticks, too.
Chris: Sucker! You should have thrown a fit. I wouldn’t have taken it lying down. Listen to me. You should ditch that lunch and buy lunch instead, like me.
Sybil: I can’t. I don’t have any lunch money. Do you want to trade some of yours for mine?
Chris: You’re dreaming. There’s no way I’m trading my pizza for your salad and carrot sticks.
Sybil: Not even if I do your math homework?
Chris: Math homework? Now you’ve got my attention.
Sybil: Only if you give me the entire slice of pizza.
Chris: You drive a hard bargain. How about this? I’ll split the pizza with you, if you’ll do my homework.
Sybil: You must really think I’m a sucker if you think I’d agree to that!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #299 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 22, 2011Topics: McCarthyism and the House Committee on Un-American Activities; Famous Songs: Dixie; to overrate versus to overestimate; that versus so; the stakes are too high
Words:
McCarthyism
Red Scare
to play on
demagogue
hearing
to blacklist
to change (one’s) story
to gauge
sense of decency
Dixie
blackface
frost
to overrate
to overestimate
that
so
the stakes are too high
Download File - 16.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
696 - Investing Your Money Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jun 20, 2011Get rich slowly by investing your money for your retirement. Find out how in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:24
Explanations: 3:28
Fast dialogue: 18:39
Karen: My company offers a 401(k) plan. Do you think I should have one?
Jimmy: Yes, definitely. I had a 401(k) account when I worked for McQ Corp, and when I started working on my own I converted it to an IRA.
Karen: I really don’t understand any of these investment options. I talked to an investment specialist at my bank, but I left her office just as confused as when I went in.
Jimmy: Look, you want to have a diversified portfolio of lower-risk and higher-risk investments. On the low-risk end, put money in bonds, CDs, or a money market account. You want to balance that out with some riskier investments that may bring a higher return, such as mutual funds and stocks.
Karen: Wow, all of that just went over my head. I don’t know a CD from a bond.
Jimmy: It’s really simple. Your choice ranges from a fixed return to a variable return, and the variable investments carry different levels of risk.
Karen: My head hurts. Are you sure I really need all of these investments?
Jimmy: Not all of them, but it would be smart to invest your money in something.
Karen: Not if I spend it all first, right?
Jimmy: Right. You know what they say: “A fool and his money are soon parted!”
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
695 - Being Late for an Event Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jun 17, 2011You’re late! You’re late for a very important date! Hurry up and listen to this episode to find out how to talk about being late.
Slow dialogue: 1:05
Explanations: 2:24
Fast dialogue: 13:30
Eric: Let’s get a move on or we’ll be late – again!
Carmen: Hold your horses. I’m on the verge of being ready. Rome wasn’t built in a day, you know.
Eric: A day? I’d settle for a week. Why is it that every time we have someplace to be you’re always running late?
Carmen: That’s because I march to the beat of a different drummer. Life isn’t about watching the clock; it’s about living in the moment.
Eric: Okay, at this very moment, we’re late.
Carmen: Just give me a couple of minutes more and I’ll be ready. After all, none of our friends expect us to be punctual anymore. They all know better.
Eric: Yeah, and I should, too. From now on, I’ll start getting ready when you say you’re all set. Then I’ll just have minutes to wait – not hours!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #298 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 15, 2011Topics: Famous Americans: Jesse Owens; National Science Foundation; plea versus appeal versus petition; somewhat versus somehow; Is that all?
Words:
track and field
Jim Crow law
segregation
obstacle
world record
to boycott
autograph
ticker-tape parade
to snub
grant
independent
merit
plea
appeal
petition
somewhat
somehow
Is that all?
Download File - 14.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
694 - Going to the Emergency Room Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jun 13, 2011If you have an accident and need to go to the hospital, you’ll probably go to the emergency room. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:11
Explanations: 3:38
Fast dialogue: 19:19
Saturday, 9:35 p.m.
I arrive in the emergency room. I had been at a party earlier in the evening when I accidentally cut my finger. My finger wasn’t severed, but it did have a very deep cut and I thought I might need stitches. I check in at the admissions desk and I’m told to take a seat and wait.
Saturday, 10:40 p.m.
I’m still waiting to see a doctor. The waiting room is filled to capacity and I expect it to be a long night.
Saturday, 11:15 p.m.
Several ambulances pull up to the door and EMTs wheel in several people on stretchers. I hear that there had been a pileup on Freeway 215 and these were the victims. I can see a doctor performing triage and the most critical cases are taken into exam rooms and maybe directly into surgery.
Sunday, 1:25 p.m.
I decide to give up and go home. If I hadn’t bled to death by that time, I could probably wait until Monday to see my regular physician.
My evening in the emergency room wasn’t a total loss, though. I learned a valuable lesson: Never voluntarily go to the emergency room!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
693 - Following a Dress Code Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jun 10, 2011Sometimes a vacation seems like work. Learn about following rules for dressing in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:16
Explanations: 3:11
Fast dialogue: 16:39
Tae: What are you doing? Why are you taking all of my clothes out of my suitcase? I just finished packing that.
Nicole: You’ve packed all of the wrong things. We’re going on a luxury cruise and all you’ve packed are shorts and t-shirts.
Tae: I’m going on vacation and I don’t have to dress to impress.
Nicole: You’ve never been on a cruise like this one, but I have, and there’s a dress code. You’ll need formal wear for some of the dinners.
Tae: I’m not wearing a suit and tie on vacation.
Nicole: No, not a suit and tie. There’ll be a dance the final night of the cruise that’s black tie, so you’ll need your tuxedo. I’m bringing a few cocktail dresses myself. Don’t worry. You can go semi-formal the rest of the evenings.
Tae: This is ridiculous. I have to wear business attire 300 days out of the year and you’re making me dress up when I finally go on a vacation.
Nicole: You don’t have to dress up the entire time. You can go California casual during the day. I’m just asking that you look presentable a few hours each day. Is that so hard?
Tae: I knew there was a catch when you booked this vacation. It’s less a vacation for me than a dress-up party for you!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #297 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 08, 2011Topics: The Lewis and Clark Expedition; Famous Authors: Anne Rice; to generate versus to create versus to make; a tad off target; run-on sentence
Words:
expedition
corps
to lay claim to
navigable
fur trapper
to split up
journal
manifest destiny
bicentennial
vampire
off-and-on relationship
to renounce
to generate
to create
to make
a tad
off target
run-on sentence
Download File - 16.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
692 - Recommending Someone for a Job Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jun 06, 2011Be careful who you recommend for a job. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:05
Explanations: 2:41
Fast dialogue: 16:26
Harry: I’ve put in a good word for you with my boss. He said to stop by the store at 4:00 today and he’ll interview you for the job.
Judy: Okay, I think I can make it around 4:00.
Harry: Not around 4:00. You need to be there at 4:00 sharp, got that? I’m sticking my neck out for you by recommending you for this job, so don’t let me down.
Judy: All right, I’ll be there. It’s not like it’s my idea to get a job at your store. I didn’t ask you to put your reputation on the line. I don’t think that job is a good fit for me.
Harry: You can’t afford to be choosy. You need a job and you need it right now.
Judy: I’m not in a hurry. I want to find a job that really suits my talents.
Harry: I’m sick of you sleeping on my couch and mooching off me. By the time you find a job that suits your talents, I’ll be in a nursing home – or an insane asylum!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
691 - Dangerous Freeway Driving Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jun 03, 2011Look out for that crazy driver! Learn how to end your life by driving dangerously on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:16
Explanations: 3:12
Fast dialogue: 18:01
I do a lot of driving in my job. You would think that driving several hours each way would get old really fast, but I have ways of making an interminable drive seem much more exciting.
I like to drive fast on the freeways. I usually pass all of the slower cars by staying in the passing lane. When there’s a slow-moving car in the passing lane, though, I tailgate it until the driver moves over to another lane. If the driver doesn’t move over, I weave back and forth from one lane to another until I get around it. What can I say? I just don’t like anyone to keep me from the open road.
Sometimes, I encounter another driver who likes to drive fast and we have a drag race. I know how to bird dog the other car until I see a way to speed up and overtake it. That’s why I almost always win.
As you can see, I know how to spice up a boring drive. I hope to see you soon – on the road.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #296 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 01, 2011Topics: Ask an American: driving while texting; ground versus soil versus land; as such; pupil versus people
Words:
eyewitness report
to lose control
apparent
median
to clip
to flip
distraction
visual
to glance
manual
cognitive
to take (one’s) mind off
ground
soil
land
as such
pupil
people
Download File - 14.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
690 - Types of Views Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 30, 2011Hotel rooms are often more expensive when you have a good view. Find out about the different kinds of views and how to talk about them in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:09
Explanations: 3:04
Fast dialogue: 15:05
Andrea: Help me decide on which type of hotel room to book.
George: I want the one with a bed.
Andrea: Very funny. We have a choice of different views, and each one is a different price. For instance, a room with a city view is $175 a night and a panoramic view is $275 a night.
George: $275 a night?! That’s highway robbery!
Andrea: If you think that’s too steep, there are a few other options. We can get a courtyard room with no view for $120 a night or a room with an obstructed or peek-a-boo ocean views for $130 a night.
George: I don’t really care which type of room we get as long as we don’t end up with a room on the ground floor. I don’t like having people walking back and forth outside my window all night.
Andrea: Okay, I can request a room on an upper floor. You really don’t have a preference?
George: No, not really.
Andrea: There is a penthouse room for $400 a night.
George: What?! For that price, I’d better get a view of the Eiffel Tower, the Parthenon, and the Great Wall of China!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
689 - Listening to a Political Speech Author: Center for Author: Educational Development
Fri, May 27, 2011Tired of the same nonsense from politicians? Learn how to complain about in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:18
Explanations: 3:12
Fast dialogue: 16:56
Kylie: Can you understand a word he’s saying?
Ramis: I doubt if anyone can. He’s talking out of both sides of his mouth. First he says he’s fighting for the little guy, and then he says he’s a champion for businesses.
Kylie: I thought he’d be different, but he’s just like any other politician.
Ramis: He looks sincere and he sounds sincere, but when you actually listen to what he says, it’s nothing but double-talk.
Kylie: You’ve got that right. I wouldn’t trust him any farther than I could throw him. Now what is he saying?
Ramis: He says that he can cut taxes and increase government services. Now how do you suppose he could pull that off?
Kylie: He can’t. These are just campaign promises. Once he gets into office, he’ll renege on every one of those promises.
Ramis: Year after year it’s the same thing – broken promises and the same old same old. Why do we put up with it?
Kylie: Why? I have an answer for you. Do you want to run for office?
Ramis: Me?! Are you kidding? Not on your life.
Kylie: Right. That’s how I feel. I’m willing to sit back and let somebody else do the job. I guess we’ve dug our own graves.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #295 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 25, 2011Topics: Movie: 2001: A Space Odyssey; Bozo the Clown; kind of versus so-so versus more or less; firm versus company; to get + participle
Words:
odyssey
concurrently
plot
extra-terrestrial
cryogenically frozen
to read lips
to sneak
to coincide with
clown
wig
comedy sketch
kind of
so-so
more or less
firm
company
Download File - 15.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
688 - Ending a Business Relationship Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 23, 2011If something isn’t working in any relationship, sometimes the best thing is just to end it. Learn more about how this might work for businesses in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:22
Explanations: 3:16
Fast dialogue: 18:26
Jerry: Who’s going to break the news to Tech Experts?
Camila: You mean about pulling the plug on using their services?
Jerry: Yeah, the contract we signed with them last year is almost up, and as we decided last month, we’ll be going with another company.
Camila: I think we should hold off on telling them until after all of our current projects are done. We still have two more in the hopper.
Jerry: Okay, but I don’t want to drag our feet in telling them, even if we’re not happy with their service. As a professional courtesy, we should let them know soon.
Camila: That may be true with other companies, but Tech Experts has really let us down this past year. If we didn’t have an airtight contract with them, we would have switched companies long ago.
Jerry: Well, maybe they’ll learn from their mistakes. After all, they’ve been in business a long time.
Camila: Yeah, but old habits die hard. And if you ask me, the company is on its last legs. It’s only a matter of time before they lose most of their customers, at the rate they’re going.
Jerry: I don’t know about that, but I do know one thing. It’s a good thing you’re not their PR rep!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
687 - Shopping for a Television Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, May 20, 2011Televisions are getting bigger and bigger each year. Learn how and why to buy a HUGE TV in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:09
Explanations: 2:33
Fast dialogue: 13:26
Byung: This is what I’m talking about! It’s time to upgrade to a big-screen TV and this is the perfect place to buy one.
Nelly: They certainly have a large selection. These new TVs have pictures that are much sharper than our current one.
Byung: There’s no comparison. These new TVs have a much better resolution. Just look at the brightness and the contrast! Our old TV looks washed out by comparison.
Nelly: And listen to that sound quality. It’s like being in a movie theater with surround sound.
Byung: Yeah, it’s time we moved into the 21st century.
Nelly: According to what I’ve read, with a viewing distance of 10 feet, we should look for a screen size of about 40 inches.
Byung: I was thinking more like a 60-inch screen.
Nelly: A 60-inch TV?! That would take up the entire living room wall.
Byung: That’s exactly what I had in mind!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #294 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 18, 2011Topics: American Presidents: Abraham Lincoln; to rise versus to raise versus to arise; rather than versus prefer; to tender (one’s) resignation
Words:
humble origins
log cabin
itinerant teacher
to fall into debt
oratorical
abolitionist
debate
to secede
reconstruction
to rise
to raise
to arise
rather than
to prefer
to tender (one’s) resignation
Download File - 16.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
686 - Roles Within a Family Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 16, 2011Meeting your loved one’s family for the first time? Make sure you know who is who by listening first to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:07
Explanations: 3:15
Fast dialogue: 18:18
Larissa: I’m really nervous about meeting your family.
Vince: You don’t need to be. They’ll love you and you’ll fit right in.
Larissa: Okay, but I want to make sure I know everyone I’ll be meeting. Your Grandmother Celine is the matriarch of the family and your Uncle Nick is the black sheep of the family, is that right?
Vince: That’s right, but none of us let on that Uncle Nick is considered the prodigal son. He was really rebellious when he was young and left home when he was 17. He came back 15 years later, but nobody really knows what happened during that time. He’s always been a little eccentric.
Larissa: I’ll be sure to steer clear of Uncle Nick, in that case. Let’s see, you told me that he is the oldest and your Aunt Sue is the baby of the family. Where does your Aunt Lily come in?
Vince: She’s the middle child and is always the scapegoat for anything that goes wrong. At least that’s what my grandfather has told me all these years.
Larissa: That’s your Grandfather Albert, the patriarch of the family, right?
Vince: Yes, you’ve got it. I’m impressed you remembered so much about my family.
Larissa: If I’m walking into the lion’s den, then I want to be prepared.
Vince: Don’t think of it that way. They’re all going to love you.
Larissa: Famous last words!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
685 - Getting Feedback on Writing Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, May 13, 2011Don’t worry if your writing in English isn’t perfect. Learn to understand a teacher’s comments on how to improve it in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 3:08
Fast dialogue: 17:33
Xica: I just got my paper back from Professor Rodriguez and it’s all marked up.
Lucas: Let me see. It doesn’t look too bad. This is a draft, right? His note at the top says to make revisions before handing in a final version. He’s trying to help you get a better grade.
Xica: Maybe, but there’s nothing he likes about the essay. Look at all of those comments in the margins. He underlined the entire introduction and wrote “run-on sentence” next to it.
Lucas: That’s easy to fix, and it is a run-on sentence, you know.
Xica: And in the body, he wrote that I had no transitions and that my arguments weren’t well supported.
Lucas: Well, transitions are easy to put in and you just need to cite a few more sources – that’s all.
Xica: Yeah, but that’s not all. Next to the conclusion, he wrote that I didn’t properly summarize my main points. See what I mean? There’s nothing he likes about this essay.
Lucas: I think you should take the constructive criticism as it’s meant – to help you.
Xica: It’s easy for you to say. You’re done with college. It’s kind of demoralizing to get your paper back all marked up.
Lucas: True, but you forget that I have my own battle wounds – lots of them!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #293 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 11, 2011Topics: Famous Americans: Al Capone; The U.S. Military Academy at West Point; to crash versus to shatter versus to smash; how about you? versus what about you?; bite me
Words:
odd job
gang
mentor
scar
to bribe
to culminate
massacre
to lock (someone) up
tax evasion
notorious
nominated
cadet
to crash
to shatter
to smash
how about you? / what about you?
bite me
Download File - 14.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
684 - Asking for Information About a Coworker Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 09, 2011Do you want to know about the new man or woman at your work? Find out how to ask in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:29
Explanations: 3:13
Fast dialogue: 17:38
Amina: What’s the lowdown on the new guy?
Earl: Which new guy?
Amina: You know, the cute one. Fill me in. Is he single?
Earl: I don’t know. I have no idea.
Amina: You’re working with him side-by-side and you haven’t gleaned any personal information about him?
Earl: We talk about work. It’s not my job to pry into his personal life.
Amina: I need to get the scoop on Mr. Perfect and you’re my source.
Earl: You don’t know anything about him, so how do you know he’s perfect? Maybe when you get to know him, you’ll find out he’s a selfish, self-centered jerk.
Amina: Wait, catch me up on what’s going on here. Have other people asked you about him?
Earl: Yeah, maybe about a dozen of the women in this office. They’ve been bombarding me with questions.
Amina: Oh, sorry. I didn’t know.
Earl: Yeah, I’m not the guy’s social secretary. You women have to satisfy your own curiosity elsewhere.
Amina: Point taken, but do you know if he’s shown interest in any of the dozen women you’ve talked to?
Earl: Ugh!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
683 - Using a Video-Sharing Website Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, May 06, 2011Now everyone can be famous for 15 minutes. Learn how in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 0:58
Explanations: 2:48
Fast dialogue: 16:29
Melissa: You’re looking at the next overnight sensation. I’m uploading my video right now, and by this time tomorrow, I wouldn’t be surprised if it’s had over 100,000 views. It’s going to go viral.
Frank: You and your amateur videos. Who is going to watch something with such low production value?
Melissa: You’d be surprised. I have my own channel on YouGube, with over 5,000 subscribers.
Frank: Are you sure that’s not because your username is AngelinaJolie?
Melissa: No, it’s because people enjoy my videos, mark them as their favorites, and share them with their friends. Word of mouth – that’s why I’m so popular.
Frank: But what about the comments on your videos? How many of those are positive and how many are negative?
Melissa: I don’t read the comments. I assume they’re all positive, and my videos have never been flagged.
Frank: All right, so is this another video of you dancing with your cat?
Melissa: No, my cat and I are dancing and singing. That’s why we’re both going to be the next big thing.
Frank: Right, I’ll get in line right now to buy tickets to your upcoming Vegas show.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #292 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 04, 2011Topics: Buffalo Soldiers; Famous Songs: Oh My Darling, Clementine; to be concerned about/in/with; to erase versus to delete; “how do you say...” for written English
Words:
buffalo
regiment
park ranger
prejudice
to disband
darling
miner
to drown
to excavate
alas
dreadful
to be concerned about
to be concerned in
to be concerned with
to erase
to delete
Download File - 14.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
682 - Minor Medical Injuries Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 02, 2011Ouch! If you often hurt yourself, you can learn how to describe all of your injuries in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:12
Explanations: 3:21
Fast dialogue: 17:12
Cherise: Rise and shine! Isn’t it a lovely day? I love getting back to nature. There’s nothing like going camping. How did you sleep?
Evan: That was the most miserable night of my life!
Cherise: Really? What happened?
Evan: I woke up in the middle of the night and thought I heard a bear. I got up, stubbed my toe, and tripped. I have scratches all over my arms, not to mention these bruises on my legs. See?
Cherise: Oh, don’t you know that there aren’t any bears this late in the year?
Evan: How should I have known that? This was my first time camping.
Cherise: All right. Why are you holding your neck like that?
Evan: I couldn’t get comfortable at all sleeping on the ground. I woke up with a crick in my neck.
Cherise: Stop moving around like that or you’ll really hurt yourself.
Evan: Oh, I have a cramp in my shoulder! It hurts!
Cherise: I told you not to twist around like that. Just let it work itself out.
Evan: All of this had to happen to me after getting a stitch in my side and a charley horse hiking five miles yesterday. I’ve had it! I’m going back to civilization.
Cherise: How are you getting there?
Evan: What do you mean? I’m walking.
Cherise: Without food or water? You’d better wait for me or you may end up bear bait after all!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
681 - Disagreeing about Religion Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 29, 2011Talking about someone’s religion can sometimes cause controversy. Learn what not to say in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 0:59
Explanations: 2:32
Fast dialogue: 16:26
Jim: You know that religion is a taboo subject, especially with Paul. Why were you baiting him all through dinner?
Tammy: I wasn’t baiting him. We have very different views on spirituality and I wanted to discuss the subject with him.
Jim: You were making disparaging remarks about his faith and some of the things he holds most sacred. I think you were trying to be provocative.
Tammy: I may have said a few things that were provocative, but I don’t understand how people can believe in superstitions.
Jim: There you go again! People’s religious beliefs shouldn’t be called superstitions.
Tammy: I’m just calling it like I see it. I didn’t know you were such a fundamentalist.
Jim: I’m not a fundamentalist. In fact, I’m an atheist, or at least an agnostic, but I still try to show respect for other people’s beliefs.
Tammy: Beliefs are made to be challenged. If you can’t defend your beliefs, you shouldn’t have them.
Jim: Ladies and gentlemen, behold the voice of tolerance.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #291 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Apr 27, 2011Topics: Ask an American: Artists as ambassadors; log versus timber versus lumber; to bump into
Words:
concept
narrative
partner
to realize
spiteful
collaboration
like-minded
creative
to sponsor
vision
to engage
propaganda
lasting
log
timber
lumber
to bump into
Download File - 14.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
680 - Recognizing an Unsung Hero Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 25, 2011Sometimes the most important people in a project are the ones you never see or hear about. Learn about them in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:00
Explanations: 2:25
Fast dialogue: 15:42
Fumi: You may have everyone else fooled, but I know the real reason for the success of this project.
Issac: What?
Fumi: You. You’ve been working behind the scenes to bolster the people who weren’t up to the task. Without you, this project would have been sunk months ago.
Issac: That’s nonsense.
Fumi: No, it’s not. I know you don’t like the limelight, but you were the linchpin of this operation. Without you, we’d all have egg on our faces today.
Issac: You’re giving me way too much credit. I don’t want to hear another word about it.
Fumi: I’m not surprised at your reaction. Most unsung heroes like to keep a low profile.
Issac: What?! I’m nothing of the kind!
Fumi: Yes, you are. You’re far too modest. And soon, I won’t be the only one who thinks so!
Issac: What are you proposing to do?
Fumi: Don’t worry. I’m not planning a ticker-tape parade, but it’s time your contributions are recognized for what they are around here!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
679 - Getting a Makeover Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 22, 2011Are you feeling like you need a new look? Then you need a makeover! Learn how to get one on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:08
Explanations: 2:40
Fast dialogue: 15:32
Kurt: Come with me.
Ellie: Where are you taking me?
Kurt: I’m giving you a makeover and you have no say about it.
Ellie: A makeover?! I don’t need a makeover.
Kurt: Yes, you do. I’m your best friend and this is an intervention. You’re so busy these days that you’ve let yourself go.
Ellie: I haven’t let myself go. I just don’t spend as much time as I used to primping and getting dolled up, that’s all.
Kurt: On that we agree. Your clothes are frumpy and your hairstyle is 10 years out-of-date. Come on. I’m taking you to get a new look. It’ll be a complete transformation.
Ellie: Okay, I admit that my appearance needs a little updating, but I’m not giving you free rein on what changes to make.
Kurt: I’m willing to let you have some say in that – if you’ll come quietly.
Ellie: And if I don’t?
Kurt: You’re getting this makeover one way or another, even if I have to drag you kicking and screaming!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #290 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Apr 20, 2011Topics: Charles Manson and the Tate murders; air marshals; to reach versus to arrive; to go off; to be out of (one’s) league
Words:
troubled
armed robbery
following
conspiracy
death sentence
cult
air marshal
undercover
to disarm
in pairs
background investigation
to bump
to reach
to arrive
to go off
to be out of (one’s) league
Download File - 16.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
678 - Reporting Damaged Luggage Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 18, 2011One of the risks of traveling is that your suitcases can get damaged. Find out what to do when that happens in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:08
Explanations: 3:02
Fast dialogue: 16:42
I picked up my luggage off of the baggage carousel and noticed that the handle was broken and some of my clothes were falling out of the open zipper. The bag looked like it had been mishandled, but could someone have tampered with it, too? I went to the baggage claim office to report what I found.
Clerk: Next. How can I help you?
Jordan: I retrieved my bag and found that it’s been damaged.
Clerk: What’s the problem?
Jordan: The handle is broken and I think someone has gone through my bag.
Clerk: That was probably security. They may have searched your luggage.
Jordan: Yes, but my camera is missing and everything is in disarray. I’m not sure if other things are missing.
Clerk: Why don’t you make a more thorough inspection over there and then you can file a claim for anything that’s missing or broken.
Jordan: Will I be compensated for the damage to my luggage and for my missing camera?
Clerk: I really can’t say.
Jordan: How long will it take for someone to contact me?
Clerk: I really can’t say. Next!
...
I knew a blow off when I heard it, but I looked through my bag anyway and filled out the forms. Who knows? Miracles do happen, don’t they?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
677 - Feeding a Picky Eater Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 15, 2011Are you difficult to please when it comes to food? Don’t come to my house! Instead, listen to this episode to learn how to talk about yourself as an eater.
Slow dialogue: 1:24
Explanations: 2:44
Fast dialogue: 14:34
Jeremy: It’s really nice of you to make dinner for me tonight.
Keeley: I’m glad to do it. You’re been so helpful to me, it’s only fair that I return the favor. I hope you’ve brought your appetite.
Jeremy: You bet.
Keeley: Great! Here’s the first course, a light soup. How do you like it?
Jeremy: It has an interesting flavor.
Keeley: You don’t care for it.
Jeremy: It’s just a little greasy for my taste.
Keeley: Sorry about that. Why don’t you try this dish? It’s an old family recipe. What’s wrong?
Jeremy: Oh, nothing. I just don’t think it’s agreeing with me. Maybe it’s an acquired taste.
Keeley: Okay, maybe I can whip up something else for you...
Jeremy: I don’t want to put you to all that trouble. Sorry to be so fussy.
Keeley: No, no trouble at all.
...
I like cooking, but with such a picky eater like Jeremy, I might be cooking into next Tuesday!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #289 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Apr 13, 2011Topics: One Flew Over the Cuckoo's Nest; Joshua Tree National Park; to the extent that versus in light of versus in the face of; I’m going versus I’m going to; adverb placement - accidentally
Words:
cuckoo
asylum
to fake
to serve (one's) sentence
to antagonize
ward
deinstitutionalization
desert
species
geological feature
to rock climb
to the extent that
in light of
in the face of
I’m going
I’m going to
accidentally
Download File - 13.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
676 - Selecting a Health Insurance Plan Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 11, 2011Most Americans have the opportunity to change their health insurance plans once a year. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 0.52
Explanations: 2.22
Fast dialogue: 19.35
Mikhail: What’s all this?
Carol: It’s open enrollment at my company and I’m thinking of switching health plans. I have an HMO right now and I’m thinking of switching to a PPO. That way, I can see doctors outside of my current network and still be covered.
Mikhail: I’m so glad I don’t have to worry about things like that. I’m still a dependent on my mother’s plan, at least for another year.
Carol: Lucky you. Look at all of this literature! How am I supposed to make heads or tails of this to compare one plan with another?
Mikhail: Wow, yeah, that’s really confusing.
Carol: Tell me about it. I want to know if these new plans have coverage for my pre-existing conditions and prescription drugs, and if not, what the out-of-pocket costs would be.
Mikhail: Don’t look at me.
Carol: And how am I supposed to figure out what my copay and deductible would be?
Mikhail: You’re on your own on this one. It’s all Greek to me!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
675 - Having Furniture Delivered Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 08, 2011If you don’t have a big car or truck, you sometimes need the store to bring the things you bought to your house. Learn all about furniture delivery in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:21
Explanations: 3:20
Fast dialogue: 17:18
I was waiting patiently for the furniture store to deliver my new bed. I was given a window of 1:00 to 4:00. At 4:50, the delivery truck pulled up in front of my house.
...
Zuly: Hello.
Danny: Hi! We’re from Reliable Furniture. We’re here to deliver your new bed.
Zuly: I thought you’d never get here. The new bed should go in the bedroom. Follow me. You’ll haul away the old bed, right?
Danny: We will for an extra charge.
Zuly: I thought that was included in the price of the new bed.
Danny: Let me check the paperwork. Oh, I guess it is. We’ll take away the old bed and bring in the new one.
Zuly: Okay, this way. You can bring the bed right in here.
Danny: Okay, here you are. We’re all done.
Zuly: Aren’t you guys going to remove the bubble wrap, assemble the pieces, and set up the bed?
Danny: We can, but it’ll cost extra.
Zuly: I’m sure that’s included in the price of the new bed.
Danny: Let me check...Okay, I guess we’ll set it up. We’re just running a little late, that’s all. We got a late start from the warehouse this morning and it’s already past quitting time.
...
I wasn’t too happy, to say the least, but I was at their mercy and didn’t say anything. But as soon as they’re finished, I’ll be ready to give them a piece of my mind!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #288 Author: Center for Educational Development
Thu, Apr 07, 2011Topics: Prohibition; Famous Americans: Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr.; I’m sorry versus I apologize; green thumb; elbow grease; to be screwed
Words:
Prohibition
temperance
to ban
underground
to bootleg
moonshine
speakeasy
legal realism
to defer
to dissent
pithy
to step down
to be sorry
to apologize
green thumb
elbow grease
to be screwed
Download File - 15.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
674 - Threatening Other Countries Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 04, 2011Will Canada and the United States soon be at war against each other? Find out in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:13
Explanations: 2:39
Fast dialogue: 15:47
Tania: Did you see the news today? Canada has been doing military exercises near the Canada-U.S. border. I think they’re trying to send us a message.
Emilio: They’re just saber-rattling. They think we’re amassing weapons near the border and they’re posturing.
Tania: I don’t think they’re just posturing.
Emilio: Canada is no real threat. No one in the government wants to bear the responsibility of violating Canada’s treaty with us.
Tania: How can you say that? All of this military aggression makes me nervous. If Canada decides to attack, we would have no choice but to retaliate. Things could escalate very quickly.
Emilio: That’s why I’m well prepared.
Tania: Well prepared? How?
Emilio: Haven’t you seen me building my underground bunker? I’ll be safe there if Canada, or anyone else, strikes.
Tania: An underground bunker?
Emilio: Yes, and if you ask nicely, I’ll save a place for you.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
673 - Walking or Running as Exercise Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 01, 2011Exercise does the body good. Learn all about walking and running in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:13
Explanations: 2:52
Fast dialogue: 16:08
Reina: Okay, I’m ready to walk my way to better fitness!
Lars: I’m glad you’re so enthusiastic about starting to exercise.
Reina: I’m totally psyched! Check out my new tennis shoes.
Lars: They’re brand new? You haven’t broken them in yet? I hope you don’t get blisters.
Reina: Stop worrying. Let’s go, I’m ready to work up a sweat!
Lars: Wait. There are a few things you need to know before we start. It’s a good idea to stretch and to warm up to avoid injuries.
Reina: I stretched already and as soon as we get started, I’ll warm up slowly. Let’s go!
Lars: All right, here we go, nice and slow.
Reina: Come on! How are we supposed to increase our heart rate if we walk this slowly? Pick up the pace!
Lars: I don’t want to get shin splints. It’s important that we start slowly and maintain a low-impact workout.
Reina: Forget it! I’ll race you. The last one to the park buys lunch. Ready, set, go!
Lars: Wait!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #287 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 30, 2011Topics: Famous Authors: Edgar Allen Poe; women’s colleges; business versus commerce versus trade; thank goodness; to be keen on
Words:
tale
macabre
to lament
narrator
knock
raven
nevermore
descent into madness
calculated
model
co-educational
to question the relevancy
business
commerce
trade
thank goodness
to be keen on
Download File - 15.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
672 - Asking for More Time Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 28, 2011Are you late finishing your project at work? Did you not have time to complete your homework at school? No problem! You can ask for more time after listening to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:13
Explanations: 2:33
Fast dialogue: 17:13
Dan: Hello.
Marcia: Hi, Dan. What’s the status on the project? We’re still on schedule, right?
Dan: Uh, well, I’ve been meaning to call you about that. We’ve had a slight delay.
Marcia: What do you mean by “slight”? Are you saying that you won’t be able to meet the deadline?
Dan: Not exactly. I’m only asking that you grant us a short extension.
Marcia: How short?
Dan: A week or two, tops. We hit a minor snag, but we should have everything up and running in no time.
Marcia: If the project has come to a grinding halt, then it doesn’t sound like a minor snag. We’re running on a tight schedule and we don’t have a lot of time to spare.
Dan: I know that all too well.
Marcia: Good, then I don’t have to spell it out for you.
Dan: No, you don’t. My head is on the chopping block and the clock is ticking.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
671 - Vacationing on an Island Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 25, 2011Thinking about your next vacation? Consider going to an island for some rest and relaxation. Learn all about it in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:04
Explanations: 2:39
Fast dialogue: 16:20
Mohsen: I need to get off this island. I’m getting island fever.
Ella: We’ve only been here two days. Give it a chance. We’re here to enjoy a slower pace of life, remember?
Mohsen: When you said we were going on an island vacation, I didn’t know we’d be so isolated. There isn’t a living soul within five miles!
Ella: This isn’t isolated; it’s secluded. We have privacy and serenity. Isn’t that what we wanted?
Mohsen: I wanted a vacation with all of the creature comforts.
Ella: That’s what we have, don’t you think? We’re staying in a very nice house.
Mohsen: Yes, but what about the creature comforts? I have no Internet access and no cell phone service. This is what I call roughing it.
Ella: We agreed that we both needed a little time away to unwind. The whole point of this vacation is for us to relax.
Mohsen: I’m cut off from civilization and I have no access to email and my favorite websites. What could be more stressful than this?!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #286 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 23, 2011Topics: Ask an American: Louisville Slugger; globe versus sphere versus orb; on/by horseback; to hit one’s funny bone; to stub one’s toe
Words:
on average
peak production
spring training
butter churn
to prevail
Hall of Famer
to say it best
Louisville Slugger
anywhere from
season
batting practice
globe
sphere
orb
to hit (one’s) funny bone
to stub (one’s) toe
Download File - 16.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
670 - To Forgive and Forget Author: Center for Educational Development
Tue, Mar 22, 2011We all make mistakes. Learn how to talk about forgiving someone who has done you wrong in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:09
Explanations: 3:03
Fast dialogue: 19:42
Luc: You’ll never guess who called and left a voicemail message today.
Angela: Who?
Luc: Barbara!
Angela: Oh, really? What did she want?
Luc: She said she was calling to RSVP for our party this Saturday.
Angela: Did she?
Luc: Stop playing innocent with me. Did you or did you not invite her to our party this Saturday?
Angela: I may have. Okay, I did.
Luc: Correct me if I’m wrong, but didn’t you and Barbara have a knock-down, drag-out fight last month?
Angela: We may have.
Luc: And didn’t you say that you’d never speak to her again much less invite her over to our house?
Angela: That’s water under the bridge. You know what they say: “To err is human, to forgive divine.”
Luc: I can’t believe my ears. You ranted and raved for days that you’d hold against her for the rest of your life all of the terrible things she said about you.
Angela: I was being overdramatic. I don’t think I ranted and raved, actually. We just had a little spat. It’s best just to forgive and forget.
Luc: Unbelievable! Why can’t you have a selective memory when we have fights?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
669 - Making Controversial Comments Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 18, 2011Americans avoid talking about politics and religion with strangers. Find out what happens when a husband and wife discuss such controversial topics in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:25
Explanations: 2:36
Fast dialogue: 17:30
Vivian: That news commentator should be fired for making such inflammatory comments. At least I won’t watch this show again until she is.
William: As usual, you’re making a mountain out of a molehill. She was just expressing her opinion, albeit a controversial one.
Vivian: Her opinion is offensive. Mark my words: Before the end of the week, a lot of people will be up in arms calling for her head on a platter.
William: I doubt it. It’ll all blow over. It’s just a tempest in a teapot.
Vivian: No way. She’ll never get away with it.
William: Oh, yeah?
Vivian: Yeah.
William: Do you want to make a bet?
Vivian: Sure, I’ll take that bet. What does the winner get?
William: Just the pleasure of seeing the other person eat her words.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #285 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 16, 2011Topics: American Presidents: Thomas Jefferson; celebrity roasts; to splash versus to spray versus to sprinkle; hearing; to be of
Words:
swivel chair
mansion
colonist
delegate
alien
sedition
elective
epitaph
celebrity
roast
sense of humor
insult comic
to splash
to spray
to sprinkle
hearing
Download File - 15.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
668 - Having Cash Flow Problems Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 14, 2011Running a small business isn’t always easy. Learn about what happens when the money is gone in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:23
Explanations: 2:45
Fast dialogue: 17:11
Kylie: I’ve just crunched the numbers and we’re not going to be able to meet payroll next month because of cash flow problems.
Miguel: That can’t be. The cash flow projections from last month showed that we’d be fine.
Kylie: We didn’t anticipate a shortfall in income this month and didn’t set aside enough cash to hedge against a cash flow problem.
Miguel: What can we do? We need a stopgap solution now.
Kylie: Well, we could try to extend our line of credit at the bank.
Miguel: We’re already overextended at the bank. I don’t want to push our luck.
Kylie: The other option is to hold off on paying our suppliers and hope that our income goes up next month, as predicted.
Miguel: Do you really think we can hold them off for that long?
Kylie: I’ll have a talk with our biggest suppliers and give them assurances that they’ll get paid. Let’s just hope they’re not having cash flow problems of their own!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
667 - Trying to Remember Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 11, 2011This episode is all about…what’s the topic again? I can’t remember it. Listen and find out for yourself.
Slow dialogue: 1:25
Explanations: 2:58
Fast dialogue: 15:09
Randal: Hurry up. Rob will be here any minute.
Marjorie: I can’t remember the combination to this lock.
Randal: I thought you knew it by heart.
Marjorie: It’s on the tip of my tongue, but I can’t seem to remember the last two digits. It’s 73 or 63 or 38...
Randal: You said you had it down cold!
Marjorie: I do know it, but it’s just slipped my mind. I’ll figure it out. I used a mnemonic to remember those last two digits. I just need to jog my memory. The last digits have to do with my birthday, or is it Rob’s birthday...
Randal: I only let you in on this little joke we’re going to play on Rob because you said you knew the combination to the lock on his bike. I should have known you were lying through your teeth.
Marjorie: I wasn’t lying. I really do know it. If you’ll just stop talking so I can concentrate...
Randal: Too late. Here comes Rob. Run for your life, if you know what’s good for you!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #284 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 09, 2011Topics: John Audubon and the Audubon Society; Famous Songs: “On Top of Old Smokey”; sign versus signal; figure out versus find out; to beat a dead horse
Words:
ornithologist
to sketch
naturalist
to illustrate
bird-banding
taxidermy
to become extinct
to court
grief
parody
spaghetti
to sneeze
sign
signal
to figure out
to find out
to beat a dead horse
Download File - 14.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
666 - Traveling to Less Popular Sites Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 07, 2011Planning a nice vacation this year? Learn how to make it a bit more exciting in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:30
Explanations: 3:12
Fast dialogue: 16:39
Vanessa: Put away that guidebook. I want our vacation to be exciting and unique, not cookie cutter. Tourists all visit the same sites. I want to explore and go to some places off the beaten path.
Justin: That would be fine except we’ve never traveled to Podville before and we don’t speak the language. How are we going to make our way around if we don’t plan out our trip?
Vanessa: We’ll be fine. Stop worrying. We spend too much time planning. Let’s just fly by the seat of our pants.
Justin: You really want to just go unprepared? That’s just not sensible. Anything could happen.
Vanessa: I’m not going to lose sleep over it. We just need to meet some locals and they’ll be able to tell us about the hidden, secluded, and offbeat sites. Those are the ones I want to see.
Justin: You can explore all you like, but I’m bringing some insurance.
Vanessa: What insurance?
Justin: I’m bringing two guidebooks and this phone number.
Vanessa: Phone number for what?
Justin: The phone number for the American embassy. That’s where I plan to go for help when you get lost off the beaten path!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
665 - Types of Sandwiches Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 04, 2011What kind of sandwiches do you like? Learn how to talk about them in English on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:07
Explanations: 2:32
Fast dialogue: 20:21
Geraldo: I am so hungry. When can we go eat?
Natasha: Just another minute and I’ll be finished here. What do you have a craving for?
Geraldo: I want a good sandwich, maybe a BLT or a pastrami on rye. Now that I think of it, a Reuben or a club sandwich would really hit the spot. I wonder if Nathan’s is still open.
Natasha: I doubt it. It’s really late.
Geraldo: In that case, maybe we can find a diner where I can get a French dip or a cheesesteak sandwich. I’d even settle for a tuna or chicken salad sandwich.
Natasha: The nearest diner is closed for renovations, remember?
Geraldo: What are we going to do?
Natasha: I know of a place that’s open and ready to serve.
Geraldo: Where?
Natasha: My place.
Geraldo: You can make me a good sandwich?
Natasha: You’ll have a choice of grilled cheese or peanut butter and jelly. What do you say?
Geraldo: I guess beggars can’t be choosers.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 10.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #283 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 02, 2011Topics: The FBI; Famous Americans: Margaret Mead; shall versus should versus supposed to; beneath versus underneath; fo’ shizzle my nizzle
Words:
investigation
threat
to cross state lines
mail fraud
wiretapping
counterterrorism
g-men
anthropologist
to come of age
casual sex
to open (someone)'s eyes
role model
shall
should
supposed to
beneath
underneath
fo’ shizzle my nizzle
Download File - 15.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
664 - Preparing a Video Resume Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Feb 28, 2011Learn about making a video resume for your next job application in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:20
Explanations: 3:45
Fast dialogue: 18:43
Katrina: Okay, I’m ready to hear all of your advice about what to put into a video resume.
Raj: All right. The first thing to remember is that your video resume doesn’t take the place of your traditional resume; it supplements it.
Katrina: Okay, I got it. I was thinking of talking about some of my outside interests and activities to show that I’m a well-rounded person.
Raj: I’d forget about that, if I were you. The point of the video resume is to make a good business impression. It’s not about showing your outside skills or interests. You’re marketing yourself as a business professional so you should wear business attire, something you would wear to an interview.
Katrina: Oh, so this outfit is out, I guess. I wanted to show them my personality.
Raj: I think that outfit would definitely knock you out of contention for any job. You have to get it out of your head that you’re going to get hired for your personality or charm. What counts are your qualifications, your skills, and how you handle yourself in a business setting.
Katrina: Oh, I was afraid you were going to say that.
Raj: Stop selling yourself short. Your qualifications and skills are as good as the next guy’s. You just have to believe in yourself.
Katrina: Right, I have to believe in myself...I have to believe in myself. Hey, I think I can do it!
Raj: Really? You think you can produce a video resume that’s professional and polished?
Katrina: Sure, it should be no problem. I know just the right person to hire as a stand-in!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
663 - Having Problems Concentrating Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 25, 2011Stop tweeting, texting, and talking long enough to listen to this episode on focus and concentration. Pay attention!
Slow dialogue: 1:16
Explanations: 2:52
Fast dialogue: 16:01
Vagner: Aren’t you supposed to be studying for the driver’s test?
Liesl: I’m supposed to be, but I keep getting distracted. Reading this manual is deadly.
Vagner: I know, but if you don’t study, you’ll never pass the test. Try to focus.
Liesl: I’ve tried to keep my mind on the rules of the road, but I’m having trouble concentrating. My mind keeps wandering and I’m almost ready to throw in the towel for today.
Vagner: No, you can’t do that. You have to buckle down and learn what’s in this manual. I’m here to crack the whip.
Liesl: What’s in it for you? What do you care if I pass the driver’s test or not?
Vagner: You can ask me that? I’ve been chauffeuring you around since I got my driver’s license and I don’t plan on doing it for one second more than I have to.
Liesl: All right, all right, I’ll study, but not because you’re telling me to.
Vagner: Oh, yeah? Then why?
Liesl: I want to see the look on your face the first time Dad gives me the car keys instead of you!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #282 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 23, 2011Topics: The Graduate; Patty Hearst; embarrassed versus ashamed versus awkward; people versus persons; talk to the hand
Words:
to give (someone) a ride
to seduce
to have an affair
to set (someone) up with
magnate
notorious
to kidnap
urban guerrilla
fringe
hostage
to brainwash
to pardon
embarrassed
ashamed
awkward
people
persons
talk to the hand
Download File - 16.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
662 - Doctor-Patient Confidentiality Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Feb 21, 2011Can you trust your doctor to keep a secret? Find out in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:26
Explanations: 3:32
Fast dialogue: 18:27
Dr. Green: Can I consult you on a case of medical ethics?
Dr. Hause: Sure, I’m not a lawyer, but I can give you my opinion as another doctor.
Dr. Green: That’s what I’m looking for, your honest opinion. I have a patient who has a medical condition that can be spread to her family, but she doesn’t want to tell them about it. I don’t want to breach doctor-patient confidentiality, but I think that at least her husband should know.
Dr. Hause: That’s a tricky one. We both know that the only way we can get our patients to divulge any sensitive information is if they trust us. We can’t easily put aside that confidentiality.
Dr. Green: I know, but if she doesn’t tell her family, then they are in danger of developing serious medical problems themselves. I took the Hippocratic Oath to do no harm. How can I keep her secret and adhere to the spirit of that oath?
Dr. Hause: I see what you mean. If I were you, I’d sit my patient down and tell her what you think her responsibilities are to her family. Maybe you can convince her to tell them.
Dr. Green: I’ve tried talking to her already, and she didn’t want to listen. I’ll try again. But what if she doesn’t agree?
Dr. Hause: Then you can either drop it, tell her family, or...
Dr. Green: Or what?
Dr. Hause: Hope your patient has a miraculous recovery.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
661 - Demanding an Apology Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 18, 2011It’s not too late to apologize for the things you did wrong in life. Find out what happens when you don’t in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:32
Explanations: 2:54
Fast dialogue: 13:09
Vera: That was uncalled for. You owe me an apology!
Alvaro: Chill out. It was a joke!
Vera: It wasn’t funny and it crossed the line.
Alvaro: Why are you freaking out? Get over it. I was just joking.
Vera: You really hurt my feelings.
Alvaro: For God’s sake, I didn’t mean it. I take it back, okay?
Vera: You do?
Alvaro: Yes, I do.
Vera: And you’re sorry? You really regret what you said?
Alvaro: I’m sorry you heard my joke.
Vera: That’s not a real apology. You owe me a real apology. What you said was cruel.
Alvaro: I made a joke about you being over the hill. You’re clearly not over the hill, so it was clearly a joke. Okay?
Vera: Do you really think I’m old?
Alvaro: No, I don’t. But you know what you’re doing to me right now? You’re taking years off my life!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #281 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 16, 2011Topics: Ask an American: Sleep-deprived teenagers; to buy versus to purchase versus to acquire; to burn the candle at both ends; Let’s versus shall we? versus why don’t we?
Words:
out of it
period
to stay awake
sleep-deprived
cranky
depression
astonishing
health center
admission
fatigue
tardiness
alert
to buy
to purchase
to acquire
to burn the candle at both ends
let’s
Shall we?
Why don’t we?
Download File - 14.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
660 - Work-Related Injuries Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Feb 14, 2011Be careful not to hurt yourself at work. If you do, then listen to this episode to find out how to talk about it in English.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 3:22
Fast dialogue: 17:50
Darrelle: I just went to a seminar about work-related injuries. I really have to rethink my workspace.
Kim: Work-related injuries? It’s not like we’re doing heavy lifting every day. We sit at our desks all day.
Darrelle: That’s the problem. Look at how you’re slouching over your keyboard. Poor posture can cause a lot of problems over time. Aren’t you always complaining about back pain?
Kim: Yeah, but…
Darrelle: And look at how you squint at your computer monitor all day. Aren’t you always complaining about headaches? You’re probably suffering from eye strain.
Kim: It’s true that I sometimes have headaches.
Darrelle: It’s no wonder. Look at what we do all day, repetitive motion after repetitive motion. Aren’t you suffering from elbow pain right now?
Kim: I was this morning…
Darrelle: See what I mean? We need better ergonomics in this office.
Kim: Okay, where do we start?
Darrelle: I think we need to sign up for a seminar on how to prevent work-related injuries.
Kim: What do you have in mind?
Darrelle: How about this four-day seminar?
Kim: But that seminar is in Florida.
Darrelle: What better way to recover from any work-related injuries than spending four days and three nights in Florida?
Kim: Count me in!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
659 - Finding Love on Valentine’s Day Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 11, 2011Don’t let your love’s labors be lost! Keep searching for that special someone and contribute to the profits of candy companies by celebrating Valentine’s Day.
Slow dialogue: 1:12
Explanations: 2:41
Fast dialogue: 14:33
Tony: Another Valentine’s Day! I really hate Valentine’s Day.
Chelsea: What’s your problem?
Tony: I’m sick of seeing heart-shaped boxes, stuffed animals, and cupid decorations everywhere. Lovey-dovey couples on the street and nothing but sentimental movies on TV – that’s what I have a problem with.
Chelsea: You’re just jaded because you don’t have a valentine on Valentine’s Day.
Tony: Do you blame me? This is the third year I’m spending Valentine’s Day alone. That’s enough to make any man feel jaded.
Chelsea: There are plenty of women you could go out with. Just open your eyes and look around.
Tony: All of the women I know are either psycho or attached. I’ve given up on dating.
Chelsea: How will you find a Miss Right with an attitude like that?
Tony: I’ve told you. I’ve given up.
Chelsea: Well, I think you should open your eyes. Your valentine may be right under your nose!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #280 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 09, 2011Topics: American Presidents: Richard Nixon; off-the-grid; on-the-spot
Words:
partner
combat
speculation
close
inauguration ceremony
peacemaker
to overshadow
to cover up
crook
impeachment hearings
pardon
comeback
off-the-grid
on-the-spot
Download File - 15.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
658 - Judging a Contest Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Feb 07, 2011If you enjoy writing, then you’ll probably enjoy it a little less after having your work judged by a group of strangers. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:06
Explanations: 2:39
Fast dialogue: 14:22
Adelia: When I created this writing contest, I had no idea that we would get so many entries.
Omar: Good thing you have an impartial panel of judges to help you select the winner.
Adelia: Yes, good thing. I’m really grateful to all of you for giving up your time to help.
Omar: What criteria are we using to score each of the entries?
Adelia: We’re using a 10-point scale. Each of us will read an entry and give it a score. When we’re all done, we’ll average out those scores. Hopefully, there’ll be a clear winner.
Omar: And if not?
Adelia: If there isn’t, then we’ll take the top scorers and vote on which is best. Majority rules.
Omar: Okay, but are there reasons for disqualifying an entry? For instance, what if somebody didn’t follow the entry guidelines?
Adelia: I’ve already culled the entries for the ones that don’t meet the requirements. These are all eligible.
Omar: Okay, let’s get started. We’ve got our work cut out for us.
Adelia: You’ve got that right.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
657 - Checking Accounts and Writing Checks Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 04, 2011Learn about writing checks and having a checking account at a bank in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:04
Explanations: 3:20
Fast dialogue: 15:32
Marianne: I don’t understand it. I got a notice from the bank that two of my checks bounced. I’ve never had an overdraft in my life.
Jae: That doesn’t sound like you. You’re always so careful with your money.
Marianne: I am! I don’t understand what happened.
Jae: Let me take a look at your bank statement. Okay, here are your deposits and withdrawals from last month. Did you know that your bank charges you a fee just to have a checking account?
Marianne: It does? I didn’t know that.
Jae: It looks like you also have a minimum balance requirement. If you fall below that, you get charged a fee.
Marianne: I do?
Jae: If it’s like my checking account, you can avoid that by getting direct deposit for your paycheck. Did you also know that you get charged every time you use your ATM card to make a purchase?
Marianne: I didn’t know that!
Jae: Well, that’s what happened. Your bank is charging you fees for all of those things and after those fees were deducted, you were left with less money in your account than you thought.
Marianne: That’s so sneaky! How could they do that?
Jae: They count on you not reading the terms and conditions and not looking closely at your statements.
Marianne: I’ve had it! I’m moving banks. I’m taking my business elsewhere.
Jae: Oh, yeah? I know of a good bank.
Marianne: You do?
Jae: Sure, it’s called the Bank of Jae. No fees – ever.
Marianne: Yes, but would I ever see my money again?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #279 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 02, 2011Topics: Famous Authors: Harriet Beecher Stowe; Death Valley National Park; idiom versus slang; a chunk of rural wilderness; the rest of (something)
Words:
abolitionist
slavery
livelihood
fugitive
to prompt
cabin
stereotype
to set aside
valley
arid
harsh
geological formation
idiom
slang
chunk
rural
wilderness
the rest of (something)
Download File - 14.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
656 - Ordering Business Stationery Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 31, 2011If image is more important than substance, then today’s episode will give you all you need to be successful.
Slow dialogue: 1:11
Explanations: 3:04
Fast dialogue: 18:26
Jermaine: How did the investor meeting go?
Teresa: That meeting has been postponed until next week. One of the potential investors is out of town.
Jermaine: In that case, can you help me with some of this work?
Teresa: I would, but I’m busy ordering stationery right now.
Jermaine: Stationery? You’re ordering stationery?
Teresa: Yes, of course. For us to be taken seriously as a new company, we have to project a professional image. Having good stationery is part of that.
Jermaine: I’m not sure...
Teresa: Look, we can’t go to business meetings without good business cards, right?
Jermaine: I guess so...
Teresa: If we have any correspondence with our potential investors, we need letterhead and envelopes, right?
Jermaine: I suppose...
Teresa: Okay, so I’m ordering those things. In the process, I’m ordering some embossed greeting cards and some promotional postcards. We’ll also need some notepads and...
Jermaine: Whoa! Aren’t you jumping the gun?
Teresa: Why do you say that?
Jermaine: First, we need to establish a company, and then we can start behaving like one.
Teresa: That’s where you’re wrong. If you build it, they will come.
Jermaine: You mean if we start behaving like a company, then the investors will come?
Teresa: Precisely!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
655 - Staying in a Vacation Rental Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 28, 2011You don’t always need to stay in a hotel when you go on vacation. Learn about renting someone else’s house instead in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:25
Explanations: 3:04
Fast dialogue: 17:36
George: I’m kind of nervous staying in a vacation rental for the first time.
Marnie: Don’t worry. Before I booked this unit, I checked it out thoroughly. It’s pet-friendly and kid-friendly, and it sleeps six, so it’ll be perfect for the whole family.
George: But there won’t be the same amenities or services as a hotel.
Marnie: We won’t need any of those. Just think, we’ll have the run of the place and there are no adjoining units. The proximity to town is great and I got a last-minute price that’s even lower than their low season rate.
George: Everything sounds good, but…
Marnie: It’ll be our home away from home. Units this close to the beach are scarce, and this one is really affordable.
George: A little too affordable, if you ask me. You said that it’s just $60 a night?
Marnie: That’s right.
George: Are there any taxes or cleaning fees?
Marnie: I didn’t ask about that.
George: Do they require a refundable deposit?
Marnie: I didn’t check that either.
George: Then maybe it’s too good to be true. Before we get too excited, let’s go read the fine print.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #278 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 26, 2011Topics: The English-Only Movement; Famous Songs: “The Yellow Rose of Texas”; kinda; to drink the Kool-Aid
Words:
movement
to date back to
to assimilate
cohesive
blow
symbolic
folk song
mulatto
to seduce
soldier
to break (one’s) heart
to march
kinda
to drink the Kool-Aid
Download File - 14.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
654 - Talking About Sound and Volume Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 24, 2011Turn up your MP3 player so you can learn how to talk about sound and volume in English.
Slow dialogue: 1:00
Explanations: 2:33
Fast dialogue: 14:24
Delilah: Could you turn that down?
Josh: What?
Delilah: Could you turn your music down?
Josh: Oh, sure. Is there a problem?
Delilah: No, there’s no problem. I was just trying to do some reading and the ear-splitting music coming from your room made it hard to concentrate.
Josh: Sorry. I didn’t think it was that loud. I didn’t turn it up, I swear. The volume control is in the same place it always is, not one decibel higher.
Delilah: That may be true, but those high-pitched squeals coming out of your speakers are really grating. And what was that banging sound?
Josh: Oh, I was just using this hammer to fix my chair. I’m done.
Delilah: And what was that thumping noise?
Josh: Thumping noise? Oh, I was lifting weights and dropping them back down on the floor.
Delilah: I see. If you could please keep the volume to a moderate level, I would appreciate it.
Josh: No problem. I’ll be as quiet as a mouse – as I always am.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
653 - Reading Product Reviews Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 21, 2011Try it before you buy it – or, if you can’t try it, at least read what other people think about that new TV you want to buy. Learn all about product reviews in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:23
Explanations: 2:57
Fast dialogue: 14:36
Dominic: Do you want some help with that box?
Andrea: Sure, thanks.
Dominic: What is it?
Andrea: It’s a new TV. My old one has been on the fritz for a week and I needed a new one.
Dominic: Is this a highly-rated model?
Andrea: Highly-rated? I just went to the electronics store and bought it. It was on sale.
Dominic: You mean you didn’t read up on it before you bought it? You didn’t look at the reviews?
Andrea: No, I never do that. I think that’s a waste of time. I go with my gut.
Dominic: But if you read the reviews, you’ll know which product gives you the best value, which is the most reliable and durable, and which company has good customer support. Nobody wants to buy something that’s defective or poorly designed. Don’t you care about those things?
Andrea: Maybe, but who has time to do that? Instead, I go to the store and see which one I like overall. If it’s on sale, that’s all the better. That’s worked for me so far.
Dominic: Is that how you bought your old TV?
Andrea: Yeah.
Dominic: Enough said.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #277 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 19, 2011Topics: Famous Americans: John Dewey; the X Games; phrases used to talk about people’s jobs; for the lack of; be that as it may
Words:
reform
progressive education
theoretical
posthumously
medal
extreme sport
parachute
to snowmobile
steep
to flip
spectator
sponsor
for lack of
be that as it may
Download File - 14.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
652 - Outdoor Advertising Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 17, 2011The world needs more advertising, don’t you think? No? Well, find out about it anyway in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:06
Explanations: 2:54
Fast dialogue: 17:19
Kam: Okay, the purpose of our meeting today is to listen to some ideas for our new advertising campaign. Gina, take it away.
Gina: Thanks, Kam. I’m going to talk today about outdoor advertising. I know that it’s a new area for us and it hasn’t been on our radar in the past, but I know it’ll work well for our new campaign.
Kam: Can we talk specifics?
Gina: Sure. There are several types of outdoor advertising. One is the billboard, both the traditional kind and the digital ones. Advertising on ones in high-traffic areas will give us a lot of exposure. To get even more exposure all over town, we can use mobile advertising.
Kam: You mean advertise on buses?
Gina: Yes, more and more, products are being advertised on buses and cars. These wraps can also be put on the side of buildings and other structures. There really are a lot of outdoor advertising options, from bench ads to skywriting.
Kam: That’s all very interesting, but which of these methods do you recommend?
Gina: I think we should use all of them – blanket the city with our new ads.
Kam: All of them?
Gina: Yes, all of them. You know what they say: “Go big or go home.”
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
651 - Psychological Disorders Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 14, 2011No one needs therapy more than a psychologist...I mean, a psychologist's patient. Learn how to talk about common psychological disorders in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:17
Explanations: 3:42
Fast dialogue: 16:05
Brett: Hi, Dr. Mollie. Could I speak to you for a few minutes?
Dr. Mollie: Certainly. Have a seat.
Brett: I’m really enjoying your psychology class and I was wondering if I could ask you a few questions.
Dr. Mollie: Sure, go ahead.
Brett: Well, I have a friend who is nervous all the time, especially around other people. Could he have a serious problem?
Dr. Mollie: It’s hard to say without knowing your friend, but he may have an anxiety disorder or some type of phobia.
Brett: I was afraid of that. Well, I have another friend who has mood swings all the time and washes his hands 50 times a day.
Dr. Mollie: Again, I don’t know your friend so it’s hard to make a diagnosis, but he may have a bipolar disorder and may also be obsessive-compulsive.
Brett: That sounds really serious. Well, I have another friend who doesn’t eat and sits around all day playing with fire. That’s bad, isn’t it?
Dr. Mollie: It could be. Your friend may have an eating disorder and his interest in fire may indicate that he has pyromania, but it’s very hard to say.
Brett: Did I mention that he likes to steal things, too?
Dr. Mollie: People who feel compelled to steal may have kleptomania. Who are all of these friends you’re talking about? Do I know them?
Brett: No, definitely not.
Dr. Mollie: Hmm, would your “friends” like to make an appointment with a therapist? It sounds like it may be a good idea.
Brett: No, no. My “friends” wouldn’t like that. He has a real fear of doctors.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #276 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 12, 2011Topics: Ask an American: Commuting; start versus begin versus start off versus start on; a place to live versus a place to live in; might-have-been
Words:
congestion
central
public transportation
to switch over to
gradually
rush hour
peak
in excess
air pollution
fuel
emissions
pollutant
air quality
to start
to begin
to start off
to start on
a place to live (in)
might-have-been
Download File - 15.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
650 - Buying Television and Movie Programs Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 10, 2011Why go to the movie theater when you can watch it all in your own home? Find out how in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 3:07
Fast dialogue: 16:50
Cameron: What did you get for Christmas?
James: I got a box set of my favorite TV show of all time, the McQ Files. It contains all five seasons of the show, deleted scenes, and outtakes. I can’t wait to watch it all!
Cameron: Didn’t you see the entire series when it was shown on TV?
James: I did, but the bonus features make it a must-have for a big fan like me.
Cameron: I just don’t see why people spend good money buying shows they’ve already seen.
James: Hey, wait a second. Didn’t you run out and buy the Podinator trilogy box set when it went on sale last month?
Cameron: Uh, yeah, but that’s different. Those are movies, not TV shows. The Podinator box set had the director’s cut and commentary, not to mention never-before-released scenes.
James: Hadn’t you seen all three movies when they were shown in the theaters?
Cameron: Yes, but…
James: And don’t you own all three movies on video already?
Cameron: Well, maybe I do but…
James: Then I don’t see why you needed to buy the box set. I think it’s best that you give it to me.
Cameron: Touché.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
649 - Disliking a Sibling’s Boyfriend or Girlfriend Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 07, 2011I never liked my brother’s girlfriend. Find out why in this episode. (And, no, I won’t say which of my eight brothers I’m talking about!)
Slow dialogue: 1:22
Explanations: 3:16
Fast dialogue: 17:28
Georgia: So I thought Carla was nice.
Andy: You did? I didn’t get that impression at all. I don’t know what Brian sees in her.
Georgia: Really? I thought she was really trying to make a good impression.
Andy: Yeah, she was trying too hard. She laughed too loudly at my jokes and complimented you too much on your cooking.
Georgia: Maybe she was a little too eager, but that just shows that she really likes our brother. What’s wrong with that?
Andy: Nothing is wrong with that, but did you see how clingy she was? She wouldn’t leave Brian’s side for a minute, spoke for him, and finished his sentences. I just found that really annoying.
Georgia: Brian didn’t seem to mind and that’s what really counts. Maybe he likes having an attentive girlfriend.
Andy: There’s attentive and there’s smothering. She just seemed really possessive, that’s all.
Georgia: Methinks the gentleman doth protest too much.
Andy: What do you mean by that?
Georgia: I think you might like Carla a little too much for your own good. Shame on you, being interested in your own brother’s girlfriend.
Andy: Are you crazy?! Didn’t I just tell you that I didn’t like her at all?
Georgia: Yes, but you said it with such passion!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #275 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 05, 2011Topics: American Presidents: George Washington; SeaWorld; power versus force; The Hurt Locker and Inglorious Basterds; How bad can it get?
Words:
colonel
to resign
to boycott
unanimously
to set precedent
hatchet
dentures
sea
ride
roller coaster
attraction
in captivity
power
force
hurt locker
inglorious
bastard
How bad can it get?
Download File - 15.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
648 - Working on Commission Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 03, 2011Dennis thinks he is a great salesman. Find out if you are buying what he’s selling in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:17
Explanations: 3:00
Fast dialogue: 16:04
Dennis: I just got a new sales job and I’m going to be making a bundle.
Irene: What kind of job is it?
Dennis: I’ll be working strictly on commission. The more I sell, the more I earn. It’s a great opportunity for someone with my talents in sales.
Irene: I know you’re great at sales and I’m sure you’ll do well, but you can’t coast in a job based on commissions. You’ll have work really, really hard.
Dennis: I’m not worried. For me, selling is second nature. I’ll barely have to lift a finger and the profits will come rolling in.
Irene: But isn’t your paycheck going to be in flux all the time? You’ll never know what your take-home pay will be.
Dennis: There’s no cap on how much I can earn, so the sky’s the limit.
Irene: That’s not exactly what I meant. Some weeks, it may be hard to live on what you earn, don’t you think?
Dennis: What? Do I hear a hint of uncertainty in your voice?
Irene: No, it’s just that...
Dennis: Put your mind at ease. I could sell ice to Alaskans!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
647 - Using a Smartphone Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Dec 31, 2010All the cool kids are getting smartphones. Find out if you should get one, too, by listening to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:25
Explanations: 2:52
Fast dialogue: 16:11
Hitomi: What are you unboxing?
Jason: This is my new smartphone. It has every feature under the sun!
Hitomi: Every feature?
Jason: It has a high quality camera and video camera, and it’s a videophone. It has a great GPS program, too. The touch-screen and the keyboard are easy to use and everything is so intuitive. Even a child could use it.
Hitomi: Yeah, but a child couldn’t afford the expensive price tag, right?
Jason: True enough, but it has a removable SIM card and is Bluetooth compatible. I can even use it as an e-book reader, and download apps for just about anything I want to do. No child’s toy could do all of those things.
Hitomi: Yes, that’s true, but I have just one question.
Jason: What?
Hitomi: Can you make a telephone call on it?
Jason: A telephone call? You mean a regular phone call? Yes, I think so.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #274 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Dec 29, 2010Topics: Famous Authors: Emily Dickinson; the Lindbergh Kidnapping; sure versus of course versus certainly; either; Imma be
Words:
poet
to rhyme
prolific
recluse
eccentric
ahead of (one’s) time
to kidnap
ransom
sensational
fingerprint
to be sentenced to death
to confess
sure
of course
certainly
either
Imma be
Download File - 14.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
646 - War-Related Disabilities Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Dec 27, 2010Learn to talk about disabilities and serious medical injuries in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:26
Explanations: 3:12
Fast dialogue: 15:59
Elena: How do you like your new job at the Veteran’s Hospital?
Wieland: I like it a lot. It’s really rewarding.
Elena: What do you do there, exactly?
Wieland: My job is to help returning vets who have been physically injured adjust to living with their medical disabilities.
Elena: You mean people who have lost limbs?
Wieland: Yes, some of the vets have had one or more limbs amputated. But that’s only one of the many disabilities we see at the hospital. For instance, this week I’m working with a vet who suffered serious hearing loss and a woman who has developed a visual impairment.
Elena: It sounds like a very hard job.
Wieland: It can be, but it’s also inspiring sometimes. I’ve seen people who are paralyzed – paraplegics and quadriplegics – overcome their disabilities and lead full and happy lives. With the help of wheelchairs, prosthetic limbs, seeing-eye dogs, and modified cars, a lot of people with disabilities can learn to be independent. That’s part of my job.
Elena: Then you’re just the person I need to help my brother.
Wieland: Is he disabled?
Elena: Yes, he has a serious case of paralysis, caused by extreme laziness. Is there any help for him?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
645 - Shaving Your Face Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Dec 24, 2010Shaving is one of the things most men have to do every day. Find out how to talk about it in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:09
Explanations: 3:25
Fast dialogue: 16:53
I forgot to set my alarm last night and I woke up later than usual. I was tempted to skip my morning shave, but I hate having long stubble all day. I like to be clean-shaven every day. I’m the kind of guy who gets a five-o’clock shadow early in the afternoon, so if I skipped my morning shave, I’d look like I was growing a beard by the end of the day.
I went into the bathroom and picked up my shaving cream. I lathered up my face and checked to see that my razor was sharp and that I didn’t need to replace the razor blades. There’s nothing worse than trying to shave with a dull razor. I tried using an electric razor for a while, but I could never get a close enough shave.
I tried to focus on shaving my neck, chin, and cheeks. I was in too much of a hurry, though, and nicked myself on the neck. I hate it when that happens! I knew I was in too much of a hurry, but I was going to be really late. Oh, I did it again! This time I nicked myself on the chin. “Okay,” I said to myself, “slow down. You’d rather be a little late to work than to end up with a face full of potholes, right?”
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #273 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Dec 22, 2010Topics: It's a Wonderful Life; Cape Cod; backward versus backwards; to agree with versus to agree to versus to agree on; howdy
Words:
unselfishness
fraud
to take (one's) anger out on (someone)
to commit suicide
guardian angel
inspirational
cape
year-round
bed and breakfast
vineyard
to swell
sign language
backward / backwards
to agree with
to agree to
to agree on
howdy
Download File - 14.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
644 - Giving a Successful Presentation Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Dec 20, 2010Don’t be nervous about giving a presentation. Learn what happens when you are successful in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:06
Explanations: 2:35
Fast dialogue: 14:14
Event organizer: Do you hear that? It’s a packed house and your presentation was a hit. People are clamoring for more.
Herman: I can’t believe it. I wasn’t expecting that kind of reception. The audience really seemed to like it.
Event organizer: Like it? They were on the edge of their seats.
Herman: The presentation actually started slowly, but it seemed to gain traction in the middle.
Event organizer: You had the audience hooked from the start. You could have heard a pin drop in there when you were going over your main points. Your presentation is undoubtedly the highlight of the conference.
Herman: Thanks. I’m still in shock. Maybe if I tweaked it a little, I could give this presentation at the national conference.
Event organizer: You’ll have time later to think about that. Right now, you need to get out there for the Q&A. They’re waiting for you.
Herman: But I don’t have anything else to say.
Event organizer: Just get out there. Your adoring public is waiting for you!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
643 - Liberal and Conservative News Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Dec 17, 2010Right, left, or center? Whatever your political opinions, you’ll learn how to talk about them in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:23
Explanations: 3:15
Fast dialogue: 15:49
Bill: Why are you reading that rag?
Rachel: I enjoy reading it. I like its news coverage and its incisive commentaries.
Bill: That’s nothing but a liberal propaganda rag. You can’t believe a thing they print in there.
Rachel: That’s not true. The news stories are objective and unbiased. This magazine isn’t like the newspapers and news websites you read. Those are run by ultraconservative reactionaries, who only know how to write diatribes. If I only read the news sources you read, I would think that this world was being ruled by liberals.
Bill: The world is being ruled by liberals, at least by the liberal press.
Rachel: You’ve got to be kidding! Our politics and our financial system are run by staunch conservatives, who ignore any point of view other than their own. Those of us who are enlightened...
Bill: You call yourselves enlightened? All you and your dyed-in-the-wool liberals want to do is to tear down old traditions.
Rachel: Yes, we do want to tear down old traditions, old traditions that keep us from making progress toward...
Sophia: Mom, Dad, what’s going on in here? Why are you yelling?
Rachel: Oh, it’s nothing, honey. Go back to sleep. Your Dad and I are just having a friendly little talk.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #272 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Dec 15, 2010Topics: Famous Songs: God Bless America and Kate Smith; The American Girl Dolls; provided that versus as long as; “g” as in “gansta”; to suck
Words:
patriotic
to set (something) aside
prayer
to bless
to stand beside
foam
rendition
seventh-inning stretch
line
doll
child labor
accessory
provided that
as long as
“g”
to suck
Download File - 16.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
642 - Installing Windows and Doors Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Dec 13, 2010Learn to talk about everyone’s favorite topic, windows and doors, in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:21
Explanations: 3:47
Fast dialogue: 18:22
Vern: I really think we’ve bitten off more than we can chew. I like do-it-yourself projects, but installing a new window and a new door isn’t as easy as it looks.
Genevive: What we don’t know, we’ll learn as we go. Okay, we’ve removed the old window. This new double-paned one is going to be great and it’ll slide open and close easily, unlike the old one. We just need to put in a new frame first, and then we can move it into place.
Vern: You make it sound so easy. Is the screen going to fit? It looks too big.
Genevive: Oh sure, it’ll fit.
Vern: This latch doesn’t seem to be working.
Genevive: It’ll work once it’s installed. Come on, give me a hand. Hmm...the new window doesn’t seem to fit exactly. I’m not sure what the problem is. Let me think about it. Let’s move on to the door and come back to it later.
Vern: Are you sure?
Genevive: Sure, I’m sure. Installing the new door will be easier and we can get it out of the way.
Vern: Maybe we should wait until the window is installed. If we can’t finish installing the window and the door before nightfall, it’ll be a very cold night in the house.
Genevive: Don’t worry. Let’s see, first we have to remove the old door without damaging the jamb. The hinges are rusted; it seems to be stuck. Oh, I think it’s finally coming off.
Vern: See? Replacing the door isn’t going to be as easy as you thought, is it?
Genevive: I got it off in the end, didn’t I?
Vern: Yes, but will you be able to put in the new one before I die of frostbite?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
641 - Sharing With Others Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Dec 10, 2010It’s always nice to share. Learn how to talk about it in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:04
Explanations: 2:45
Fast dialogue: 16:31
Benny: Mom says we’re supposed to share.
Julia: I know. I’m divvying up the candy right now. Just hold your horses.
Benny: I want to do it. I want to make sure I get my fair share.
Julia: I called dibs on dividing up the candy, remember? You snooze you lose.
Benny: That’s not fair! I wasn’t here when Mom came home.
Julia: Bummer for you. Okay, I’m done. Here’s your share and here’s mine.
Benny: Hey, the two piles aren’t equal. You definitely got the lion’s share. You do that to me every time. That’s not fair!
Julia: What are you going to do about it?
Benny: I’m going to tell!
Julia: You’re such a baby. Okay, if you don’t run to Mom, I’ll let you call shotgun the next time we go anywhere in the car.
Benny: You will? You promise?
Julia: I cross my heart and hope to die. Okay?
Benny: All right, but I still want my fair share of the candy.
Julia: Okay, I’ve evened out the piles. Satisfied?
Benny: Yeah. And can I do the divvying up next time?
Julia: Don’t push your luck!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #271 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Dec 08, 2010Topics: Ask an American: Latinos in Higher Education; per se; it pays to (be)
Words:
role model
to look up to (someone)
to drop out
to hit the exit doors
to retire
to follow in (one’s) footsteps
vacuum
scholarship
to integrate
mentor
to keep in touch
constantly
per se
it pays to (be)
Download File - 14.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
640 - Being Genuine and False Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Dec 06, 2010Don’t trust everyone who says they want to help you. Find out why in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:36
Explanations: 3:03
Fast dialogue: 15:37
Javier: I saw Terry cozying up to you this morning. What was that about?
Floriane: He was just offering me some advice on my first proposal.
Javier: Sure, he was. What were his true intentions?
Floriane: I think he was being upfront about wanting to help a new employee. I don’t think he had an ulterior motive.
Javier: I wouldn’t take Terry at face value. He has a reputation around the office of being two-faced. He’ll try to get to know you under false pretenses and then stab you in the back.
Floriane: I don’t get that feeling from Terry. He seemed genuine and open. By the way, was there something you needed?
Javier: Me? No. I was just trying to watch out for you.
Floriane: In that case, I’d better get back to work, and I’ll keep your warning in mind. I’ll beware of anyone giving me advice who may have an ulterior motive.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
639 - Ordering Soups and Salads Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Dec 03, 2010No soup for you! Oh, just kidding. Learn how to talk about soups and salads in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:34
Explanations: 3:30
Fast dialogue: 18:19
After a long tiring day at work, I stopped at a restaurant nearby for a quick meal.
Server: Hi, I’m Ursula. Can I get you something to drink?
Paulo: Yes, I’d like an iced tea and I’m also ready to order. I’ll just have a bowl of soup and a salad.
Server: Sure, no problem. What kind of soup would you like? We have chicken noodle, minestrone, and cream of mushroom.
Paulo: Do you have something that’s hearty?
Server: If you want something hearty, I would suggest our clam chowder or beef stew.
Paulo: I’ll take a bowl of beef stew.
Server: Great! What kind of salad would you like: a chef salad, Caesar salad, or Cobb salad?
Paulo: I’ll just have a garden salad.
Server: Okay, what kind of dressing would you like?
Paulo: What kind do you have?
Server: We have French, Italian, ranch, Thousand Island, and vinaigrette.
Paulo: Do you have blue cheese?
Server: Oh yes, I forgot to mention blue cheese. Okay, that’s a bowl of beef stew and a garden salad with blue cheese dressing. Will that be all?
Paulo: Yes, that’s all.
...
By the time I had finished placing my order, I was even more tired. Do you sometimes feel that life gives you too many choices?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #270 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Dec 01, 2010Topics: Famous Americans: Eleanor Roosevelt; Renaissance fairs; admit versus confess; mix versus blend; chick flick
Words:
paralyzed
to stick by (one’s) side
First Lady
role
newspaper column
press conference
civil rights
delegate
instrumental
period costume
reign
living history
to admit
to confess
to mix
to blend
chick flick
Download File - 15.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
638 - Fire and Firefighters Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Nov 29, 2010Where there’s smoke, there’s fire. Learn all about both in this episode on fire and firefighters.
Slow dialogue: 1:30
Explanations: 3:20
Fast dialogue: 17:19
Rebecca: Look, there’s smoke coming from six stories up.
Hugh: Yes, I know. Didn’t you hear the fire alarm go off upstairs a few minutes ago?
Rebecca: No, but I’m really glad there’s a fire station only a few blocks away. Hey look, there’s the fire engine. Here come the firefighters!
Hugh: Yeah, let’s get back to work. I’m sure they’ll have the blaze under control pretty quickly.
Rebecca: How can you work with all of this excitement? Maybe I should get the fire extinguisher from the hallway and go upstairs to help.
Hugh: I think that’s a really bad idea. You can see for yourself that the firefighters are getting ready to fight the fire. They’re getting the ladder out and attaching the fire hose to the hydrant. Anyway, it’s probably just a false alarm.
Rebecca: If the smoke detector went off then I’m sure there’s a fire. We’ll know if we start to see something burning near a window or ashes coming down.
Hugh: I’ve never seen you like this before. Why are you so excited?
Rebecca: I wanted to be a firefighter when I grew up. I’ve always had a fascination with fire.
Hugh: Ah, that explains it. Would it make you feel better if I lit up a cigarette?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
637 - Planting Flowers and Trees Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Nov 26, 2010If you are good at gardening, we say you have a green thumb. Get your green thumb on in this episode that will explain how we talk about flowers and trees.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 3:15
Fast dialogue: 16:47
Zuly: Hurry up! Mom will be home any minute and we’re not done planting.
Eric: Whose idea was it anyway to plant a garden for Mom for her birthday? We’ve been working under this hot sun all day and the smell of the fertilizer is really getting to me.
Zuly: It was our idea, remember? We both wanted to give Mom something special this year. Look, we’re almost done. We’ve already picked the weeds, prepared the soil, and dug the holes for the new seeds and flowers. I’m taking the flowers out of their pots now and I’ll have them in the ground in a minute. After that, all we have left to do is to plant the new tree. Keep digging!
Eric: Are you sure the hole needs to be this deep?
Zuly: Yes, the book says that the roots need to have room to grow. That’s the perfect place for it, too. It’ll get a lot of direct sunlight.
Eric: Great, but my arms are so tired, they’re about to fall off.
Zuly: Move over. I’ll dig for a while. Why don’t you water the new flowers?
Eric: Sure, right after I take a little break. In the meantime, I’ll supervise. Come on. Keep digging. You’re almost there...
Zuly: I think you’d better keep your mouth shut, or I’ll think of some new uses for that fertilizer!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #269 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Nov 24, 2010Topics: Minimum wage; cyber crime; I will want to versus I would want to; except for; conversely
Words:
wages
subject to
indexed to inflation
consumer price index
opponent
to nickel and dime
cyber
to hack
identity theft
copyright infringement
handle
victim
I will want to…
I would want to…
except for
conversely
Download File - 15.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
636 - Being Lazy and Energetic Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Nov 22, 2010Are you feeling tired from working all day? So am I! But before I fall to sleep, let me tell you that this episode is about being tired and energetic. Okay, now let me sleep…
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 2:54
Fast dialogue: 14:16
Carmen: Wake up! You’re supposed to be working.
Elias: Shhh, I’m trying to sleep. The boss is out of the office today, so I consider it a holiday. Today, I can be a little out of it if I want to be.
Carmen: Out of it? You’re sleeping on the job – literally!
Elias: So what? Aren’t you feeling a little tired on a Monday morning?
Carmen: I admit I’m a little sluggish, but that’s no reason to fall down on the job. We both have work to get done and I’m doing it.
Elias: What’s wrong with you? Why are you so hyper? I’m as hard working as the next guy, but I’m not going to jump through hoops when the boss is away.
Carmen: You, hard working? Don’t make me laugh! You’d better get back to work or when the boss gets back, he’ll call you a slacker again.
Elias: Okay, I’m learning by your example. I’m now as energetic and productive as you are.
Carmen: Yeah? Doing what?
Elias: Telling my co-worker she’s a pain in the neck!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
635 - Arranging Airport Transfer Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Nov 19, 2010You have your airplane ticket. You have your hotel reservation. Now how are you going to get from the airport to the hotel? Learn how to find out in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:07
Explanations: 3:30
Fast dialogue: 17:39
My wife and I bought a vacation package and we thought that it included everything. We should have double-checked that it included airport transfer to our hotel as well. Hindsight is 20/20, they say.
My wife wanted to take a taxi, but I nixed that idea. It would cost an arm and a leg. I wanted a cheaper option so we went to ask about it at the airport information desk.
...
Don: Hello, my wife and I need to get to our hotel downtown. What are our options?
Clerk: Well, you could take a taxi.
Don: We’re hoping to find a cheaper option.
Clerk: Okay, in that case, a limo service would be out, too. There are private shuttle services, but since you’re so far from downtown, you’ll be making a lot of stops and it will take a long time to get there. You could also take public transportation – the bus or the subway – but that’ll take even longer. Doesn’t your hotel have a courtesy shuttle?
Don: I never thought of that.
Clerk: Many downtown hotels do. Call your hotel and they’ll be able to tell you. They’ll probably have the best suggestion on how to get there, too, if they don’t have their own shuttle. If you decide on a private shuttle service or to take public transportation, come back and I’ll give you more information.
Don: Thanks a lot. I’ll give the hotel a call right now.
...
Lucky for us, the hotel had a courtesy shuttle and it was on its way. Good thing, too, since I didn’t relish spending any more time at the airport after a long red-eye!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #268 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Nov 17, 2010Topics: Famous Authors: Stephen King; Traffic School; cost versus charge versus fee; in a New York minute; couple
Words:
horror
psychic
clown
series
to follow the book
lifetime achievement
traffic school
driver’s ed
to speed
to lose (one’s) driver’s license
driving record
correspondence course
cost
charge
fee
in a New York minute
couple
Download File - 14.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
634 - Resembling One’s Parents Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Nov 15, 2010Do you have your father’s chin and your mother’s nose? Then you need to learn how to talk in English about looking like your parents with the help of this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:25
Explanations: 3:34
Fast dialogue: 17:06
Khaled: Hi, what are you looking at?
Susanna: Your photo albums. Your roommate let me in and said I could make myself comfortable while I waited for you.
Khaled: There are some really incriminating pictures in there. You’d better give those back to me.
Susanna: Not yet! I’m looking at your baby pictures and your family portraits. You’re the spitting image of your mother.
Khaled: That’s not my mother. That was our neighbor.
Susanna: Oh, now that I look a little closer, I can see that you resemble your father. You’re a chip off the old block.
Khaled: That’s not my father. That’s my father’s friend. Now, why don’t I take those...
Susanna: Wait! These candids of your birthday parties are so cute! You were so adorable!
Khaled: Right. When I was a kid, I had a face only a mother could love.
Susanna: That’s not true! You have a great profile. I’d expect to see your likeness in paintings and on statues.
Khaled: Okay, enough with the brown-nosing. What do you really want?
Susanna: I don’t want anything...okay, just one little thing. My cousin is in town. I want to go out with Rick tonight and I thought we could double date. Me, Rick, my cousin...and you. What do you say?
Khaled: I knew it had to be something. Does she look like you?
Susanna: We are like two peas in a pod.
Khaled: Then, forget it!
Susanna: Hmph!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
633 - Moving Out of a Home Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Nov 12, 2010Are you moving in or moving out? Either way, learn how to talk about moving to a new place in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:29
Explanations: 3:21
Fast dialogue: 16:13
[A knock on door.]
Andre: Hello. Is anyone here?
Ellie: Yes, can I help you?
Andre: I saw your door open and I just wanted to make sure everything was okay. Did you just move in?
Ellie: No, I’m moving out. As you can see, I’m doing last-minute packing. I think I’ve used up 10 rolls of packing tape!
Andre: This looks like a major undertaking. Are you moving yourself?
Ellie: No, the movers are coming with the moving van tomorrow morning. I’m moving a few things into storage, and I’ll take a few of the perishables and essentials in my car, but they’ll be doing the heavy lifting. No loading for me. Before they come, though, I need to disassemble this desk and this bookcase. It’ll be a long afternoon.
Andre: I can see that. Are you moving far?
Ellie: No, I’m only moving about a mile from here to another apartment.
Andre: Oh, so you’re not moving out of the area.
Ellie: No, I’m not.
Andre: I’m glad to hear that. Let’s make a deal: I’ll help you disassemble your furniture if you’ll promise to invite me over to your new place sometime.
Ellie: Really? Are you sure you’re willing to do that?
Andre: Sure. Hand me those tools and I’ll have it done in no time.
Ellie: Boy, am I glad I left my door open.
Andre: Yeah, so am I.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #267 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Nov 10, 2010Topics: Video-game violence; ROTC; should have done versus should have to do; just versus only; to learn as (one) goes
Words:
realism
insensitive
arcade
minor
rating system
console
officer
branch
ranking
Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell
gay
should have done
should have to do
just / only
to learn as (one) goes
Download File - 14.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
632 - Negotiating a Business Deal Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Nov 08, 2010Learn how to talk about negotiating a business deal in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:19
Explanations: 2:50
Fast dialogue: 15:29
Gia: Why are the negotiations on this deal taking so long? I thought we would be putting the finishing touches on it by now.
Logan: The other side is holding out for more concessions. I don’t know what they’re thinking. They made some pretty big demands at the start and I think we’ve given in to most of them. Now they’re countering with even more demands.
Gia: They probably know that they have us over a barrel. After all of the time and money we’ve put into this deal, they know that we don’t want to walk away.
Logan: That’s true and that’s why we’re still at the table, but they may be pushing too hard. In the end, I don’t think we’ll cave on those additional concessions.
Gia: So the entire thing is touch-and-go right now?
Logan: That’s how I would characterize it. If I were you, I wouldn’t make any long-term plans.
Gia: Duly noted. I won’t run out and buy that new house and those three new cars.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
631 - Customizing a Personal Webpage Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Nov 05, 2010Make sure your website is unique - just like everybody else! Learn how to talk about it in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:21
Explanations: 3:14
Fast dialogue: 19:22
Keiko: The layout of your webpage is so lame. Why don’t you customize it?
Al: Why bother? I don’t want to spend the time or the energy.
Keiko: Let me show you my page. Check out this background. Don’t you think it’s great?
Al: Yeah, it’s great. Can I get back to my book now?
Keiko: You haven’t even looked at my page. Look at this. You can add all kinds of graphics and you can use the profile editor to list information about yourself: your hometown, your likes and dislikes, your relationship status, your mood, everything! You can link to or upload photos and videos, too. I even have a custom cursor and this scrolling text across the top
Al: Yeah, it’s all great, but kind of dizzying.
Keiko: You haven’t even seen my animated gifs. This funny baby will dance across the page, look!
Al: Thanks for the suggestions, but I think I’ll stick to a simple, uncluttered page. How long did it take you to do all of that?
Keiko: How long? Maybe a few hours.
Al: I’d rather spend a few hours reading a good book.
Keiko: Suit yourself. Maybe that’s why you have 22 “friends” and I have 200.
Al: Clearly your time has been better spent.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #266 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Nov 03, 2010Topics: Ask an American: minority doctors; if I were; I wish I were; near versus close; to hold (something) against (someone)
Words:
study
to establish
practice
outcome
credibility
health professional
to result
compliance
prescription
exchange
truly
makeup
culturally competent
near
close
to hold (something) against (someone)
Download File - 15.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
630 - Making a Medical Diagnosis Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Nov 01, 2010If you’re feeling sick, you should go see a doctor. Learn how to understand what the doctor says to you in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:21
Explanations: 2:45
Fast dialogue: 15:39
Terrell: Where have you been?
Sally: At the hospital, again. My doctor is putting me through another battery of tests.
Terrell: She still hasn’t been able to zero in on the cause of your pain and make a diagnosis?
Sally: No, she hasn’t. Part of the problem is that my symptoms are intermittent, and they seem to flare up only when I’m not under observation. The symptoms themselves are ambiguous, so finding the root cause hasn’t been easy.
Terrell: I can see how that would be mystifying and frustrating. Are you still in a lot of pain?
Sally: The mild pain in my legs seems to be chronic, but the severe pain in my back is occasional.
Terrell: I guess you’re not up for going out tonight.
Sally: After a day of being poked and prodded like a guinea pig, all I want to do is to curl up with a hot cup of tea and a good book!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
629 - Being Hungry and Full Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Oct 29, 2010How do you handle a hungry man? Find out in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:28
Explanations: 3:00
Fast dialogue: 14:54
Steve: I’m finally home and I’m hungry. What’s for dinner?
Brandy: I’m making a new dish. I think you’re really going to like it.
Steve: Oh, good. Bring it on.
Brandy: Well, I miscalculated the cooking time a little and it’s going to take longer than I originally planned. I know you’re famished. Here’s a snack for you to munch on while you wait.
Steve: I’m half-starved. I skipped lunch and had to work late.
Brandy: I know, but I also know you’re dying for something really good. I promise that it’ll be worth the wait.
Steve: Okay, but I could eat a horse right now. Bring me something else to snack on.
Brandy: Don’t be too greedy and eat too much. I don’t want you to spoil your appetite. I know that what I’m cooking is something you’ve been craving for a long time, and you want to save your appetite for it.
Steve: All right. I’ll wait. How much longer will it be?
Brandy: Oh, maybe another hour or a little longer...
Steve: Another hour?! I’ll be dead and buried by then!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #265 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Oct 27, 2010Topics: The Extension Courses System; Famous Americans: Lizzie Borden; Boston accent/dialect and the Boston Brahmin; to speak out of turn
Words:
to be enrolled
hobby
offbeat
palm reading
certificate
step-
hatchet
prime suspect
sensational
to speculate
detective
motive
to convict
dialect
Boston Brahmin
to speak/talk out of turn
identical twins
fraternal twins
Download File - 16.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
628 - Introducing a New Product Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Oct 25, 2010Did you hear about the latest, greatest products being developed by America’s most famous companies? Neither did we, but find out how to describe new products in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:07
Explanations: 2:48
Fast dialogue: 16:13
Augie: Today’s the day. I’m giving you the heads up. Our company is rolling out its new line of cell phones.
Lillian: I can see you’re excited about it. What’s so special about the new products?
Augie: This line of phones has state-of-the-art technology and never-before-seen features. It’s been in development for over a year and it’s been really hard keeping it under wraps.
Lillian: I thought information was leaked weeks ago.
Augie: Those were just rumors, and the company put a clamp on those pretty quickly.
Lillian: Wasn’t the new line supposed to come out next month?
Augie: That was the original plan, but since McQ Corp. is coming out with its own line of phones soon, we wanted to get a jump on them.
Lillian: And steal their thunder.
Augie: Yes, and steal their thunder. We had to scramble to get the phones ready ahead of schedule, but I think it was worth it. They’re really going to make a splash.
Lillian: I hope so. I hope all of this hype has been justified.
Augie: Oh, it will be. I’ll know soon enough.
Lillian: How?
Augie: You’ll be begging me to get you one.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
627 - Being Spontaneous or Well-Planned Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Oct 22, 2010Plan ahead for just about anything, including your love life. Impossible, you say? Not after you listen to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:16
Explanations: 3:18
Fast dialogue: 16:57
Mariela: Wow, it looks like you’re working on a big project. What are all these pages and pages of notes for?
Will: I’m preparing for my date with Christine. I want everything to be well-planned and to go without a hitch.
Mariela: Okay, but I still don’t understand why you’re making such detailed plans.
Will: I want to be ready for every contingency. For instance, I planned a picnic, but if it rains, I’ll take her to lunch at the Garden Cafe instead.
Mariela: Don’t you think you’re taking the spontaneity out of your date? Why don’t you play it by ear? I know you don’t like to fly by the seat of your pants, but maybe she’ll have some ideas about what she’d like to do.
Will: Oh, I’ve taken her preferences into account. If she wants to do something active, we can go bowling or take a long walk. If she prefers something more passive, we’ll go to a movie.
Mariela: Well, it sounds like you’ve mapped out every possible alternative. Hey, what’s this?
Will: Give me that!
Mariela: I see you’ve mapped out more than just your date. You mapped out the entire trajectory of your life together: Get married in two years, have your first child two years after that...
Will: That is not meant for you. And plus, it’s just a tentative plan...
Mariela: You mean Christine will have some say in it?
Will: I may let her pick our children’s names. Now, get out of here, will ya?!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #264 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Oct 20, 2010Topics: On the Waterfront; Famous Songs: “Swing Low, Sweet Chariot”; bet versus wager versus gamble; U.S. versus U.S.A.; can’t help (doing something)
Words:
waterfront
mob
union
deed
whistleblower
to give away the ending
uplifting
slave
to do (something) justice
chariot
to swing
bound
to bet
to wager
to gamble
U.S. / U.S.A.
can/could not help
Download File - 16.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
626 - Wiring Money to Another Country Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Oct 18, 2010Learn how to send someone money internationally in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:19
Explanations: 4:16
Fast dialogue: 21:30
Mahmoud: My brother emailed about an emergency situation. He needs $300 by tomorrow, but how can I get cash to him within 24 hours if I’m here in Mexico City and he’s in New York?
Sharon: That’s easy. You can wire him the money from here and he can pick it up immediately there.
Mahmoud: You mean wire him money through the bank? I already checked with my bank and it’ll take at least five days for them to process the wire.
Sharon: You can just use a private wire service like Western Union and the money will be available to him immediately. I wire money all the time using Western Union. Here is blank form. I can help you fill it out if you want me to.
Mahmoud: That would be great. Hey, this form is for a money transfer. Is that the same thing as a wire?
Sharon: Yes, it’s the same thing. Fill out the receiver or recipient information here and the sender information there.
Mahmoud: Can I pay in local currency? I don’t have that much cash in U.S. dollars.
Sharon: Sure. When you go to the Western Union office, they’ll calculate how much you’ll have to pay according to the current exchange rate.
Mahmoud: Is there a fee?
Sharon: Yeah, there is, and it’s a little higher if you want the money to be available immediately. If you had more time, you could save a little by using the slower service that makes the money available in three business days. All done?
Mahmoud: Yeah, I think so. Now what?
Sharon: Now you take this to the nearest Western Union office. They’ll give you a copy of this form with a control number. Your brother can use that control number to pick up the money from any Western Union office in New York.
Mahmoud: Sharon, you’re a lifesaver.
Sharon: So, what’s the emergency?
Mahmoud: Tickets go on sale tomorrow for my favorite baseball team. My brother and I have to get tickets.
Sharon: That’s the emergency?!
Mahmoud: For us, it’s a matter of life and death.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 11.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
625 - Being Famous and Anonymous Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Oct 15, 2010A lot of people nowadays want to become famous. Become famous yourself by listening to this episode!
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 2:45
Fast dialogue: 16:07
Erik: Why are you wearing that getup?
Juliana: I’m trying to stay under the radar. I don’t want to create a mob by going outside without a disguise. People are going to recognize me.
Erik: So? Are you trying to tell me that you think you’re famous after being in one play?
Juliana: Of course! I’ve had my name in lights and I have to expect people to know who I am. Losing my privacy is the price of fame. Everybody knows that.
Erik: I think you may be overestimating the size of your adoring public. How many people went to see your play?
Juliana: Enough. By tomorrow, the newspapers will have my picture plastered across their pages and I will have to say good-bye to my anonymity.
Erik: If the papers don’t come out until tomorrow, why are you going around incognito?
Juliana: I’m just getting ready to meet my fans.
Erik: Depending on whether the reviews are good or bad, you may be famous – or infamous.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #263 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Oct 13, 2010Topics: American Cities: Albuquerque; Survivor Reality TV Show; yet; differentiation versus distinction; so near and yet so far
Words:
desert
to settle
to occupy
Old West
outlaw
folklore
hot-air balloon
reality television
stranger
shelter
reward
alliance
yet
differentiation
distinction
so near and yet so far
Download File - 14.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
624 - Advantages and Disadvantages in Life Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Oct 11, 2010Being born into a rich family can have many benefits. Find out more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:26
Explanations: 3:14
Fast dialogue: 19:19
Andy: Doesn’t it make you sick? We bust our butts around here and the boss brings in his nephew to be the new manager.
Nia: You never know. He may be a good boss.
Andy: I doubt it. He’s getting this opportunity just because he was born with a silver spoon in his mouth. He didn’t have to pull himself up by his bootstraps like the rest of us.
Nia: I’m going to wait and see how he is as a manager. I’m hoping to be pleasantly surprised.
Andy: If you’re a blue blood like he is, born into privilege and old money, you can do no wrong.
Nia: That’s not true. He’ll be held accountable for how this department performs.
Andy: But when does somebody like me get a break? Okay, I was born on the wrong side of the tracks. I grew up in a white trash neighborhood. So what? I’ve worked hard to get where I am now. That guy hasn’t paid his dues like I have.
Nia: You can complain all you want, but it doesn’t change the situation. He’s the new boss and we work for him. Get used to it.
Andy: Get used to it?! Not on your life!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
623 - A Hit-and-Run Accident Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Oct 08, 2010Some people drive too fast, and some people don’t take responsibility for their mistakes. Learn the result of combining those two things in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:22
Explanations: 3:43
Fast dialogue: 20:06
Flora: What happened to my car?!
Saul: I saw it happen. A car came around the corner and hit the back of your car.
Flora: Didn’t the driver stop?
Saul: No, it was hit-and-run. The driver just took off. He was driving like a bat out of hell. It looks like he caused some damage.
Flora: Some damage?! My car is totaled. I hope whoever it was gets his license revoked. Better yet, I hope the judge throws the book at him and he does jail time. But how are the police going to catch someone who leaves the scene of the crime like this? That guy must be a real jerk!
Saul: Take it easy. Maybe he just panicked. It’s probably his first offense. Maybe he’s young and just learning how to drive.
Flora: Maybe...Hey, why are you defending the driver?
Saul: Well...
Flora: You know the person driving the car, don’t you? You’re not an innocent bystander. You’re trying to talk me out of calling the police!
Saul: Well, I have this nephew who sometimes borrows my car, and he drives too fast. He did hit your car, but it’s a simple fender bender.
Flora: Fender bender?! My car is totaled.
Saul: I’m sure it’s not as bad as it looks. If you don’t call the police, I’ll make sure it’s repaired. It’ll be as good as new.
Flora: Are you trying to pull a fast one on me?
Saul: No, not at all. I’ll get your car fixed, right after I wring my nephew’s neck!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 10.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #262 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Oct 06, 2010Topics: Famous authors: Maya Angelou; Universal Studios; wise versus savvy versus clever; delicatessen; to end up versus to wind up
Words:
cage
racism
highly acclaimed
to ban
honorary degree
ritual
lecture circuit
studio
theme park
ride
set
façade
wise
clever
savvy
delicatessen / deli
to end up
to wind up
Download File - 15.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
622 - Having Well- and Badly-Behaved Children Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Oct 04, 2010This episode is dedicated to my neighbor’s screaming children. Learn how to describe the little monsters in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:28
Explanations: 3:31
Fast dialogue: 17:32
Josephine: Hello.
Ray: Hi, Josephine, it’s Ray. We have a meeting today at 10 a.m. and I was wondering if you would mind if I brought my kids with me. Their babysitter didn’t show up.
Josephine: Oh, sure. That’s no problem. Your children are so well-behaved. Even at their age, they have impeccable manners.
Ray: Well, they’re not always little angels, but they’re not too much of a handful, thank goodness.
Josephine: You know what they say: Girls are made of sugar and spice and everything nice...
Ray: It is probably a little easier with two girls. I feel sorry for my mother who raised six boys.
Josephine: Six boys!
Ray: Yeah, and before we were born, my father thought that children should be seen but not heard. Was he in for a rude awakening! We were all very unruly. Imagine six boys only one year apart. We got yelled at a lot for being naughty.
Josephine: But that’s how boys are, aren’t they? Girls are different. They’re quiet, sweet, and even-tempered. What’s that noise?
Ray: That noise is my daughters creating a ruckus fighting tooth and nail over a toy. So much for quiet, sweet, and even-tempered!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
621 - Picking a Fight Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Oct 01, 2010If you’re looking to fight, you’ve come to the right episode. Learn how to get yourself involved in physical violence – in English!
Slow dialogue: 1:08
Explanations: 3:58
Fast dialogue: 18:35
I was sitting at my local bar waiting for my friends to arrive to watch the game. Two guys sitting a few seats away kept giving me strange looks, and one of them said, “What are you looking at?” I looked around to make sure that he was speaking to me, and before I could respond he said, “You want a piece of me? You and what army? Let’s take it outside.”
By this time, I realized that this guy was trying to pick a fight with me and I wasn’t sure what to do. I was hoping that I could make peace with him or at least hold him off until my friends got there.
I said to him, “I’m just sitting over here minding my own business. I’m not trying to get in your face. I don’t have a problem with you. Let’s just chill out and I’ll buy you and your friend a drink.” He didn’t seem to like what I’d said.
“Chill out?” he said. “I don’t need to chill out. Those are fighting words. Let’s take this outside. I want to see you running with your tail between your legs.” He got up and started to walk toward me.
Just then, my friends arrived. When the man saw my six friends walking toward me, he stopped in his tracks. I think he was weighing his odds and doubting his own chances. He turned around and said something to his friend, and then they both got up and walked out the door.
That was a narrow escape. I had never been so happy to see my friends as I was at that moment. Needless to say, the first round was on me.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #261 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Sep 29, 2010Topics: Yelp; Book Review: The Road; advocate versus lawyer versus attorney; any; salmon and count/mass nouns
Words:
yelp
social networking
profile
review
recourse
escapism
spare
apocalypse
deserted
dog-eat-dog
to grip
quotation mark
advocate
lawyer
attorney
any
salmon
Download File - 14.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
620 - Making Quick and Slow Decisions Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Sep 27, 2010If you make a decision quickly, you may spend a lot of time regretting it. Learn to describe making decisions in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:24
Explanations: 3:05
Fast dialogue: 16:13
Courteney: Which of these vendors do you think we should go with?
Dante: I’m really hesitant to make a decision until we’ve pondered the options a little longer. We don’t want to make any rash decisions.
Courteney: We’ve sat on this for long enough, don’t you think? I know you’re of two minds about whether we should be switching vendors in the middle of the year, but I think it’s the right move. We had sound reasons for doing this, remember?
Dante: Yes, yes, I know that it wasn’t a split-second decision, but whether it’ll really save us money is debatable.
Courteney: I have to disagree with you there. We’ve both seen the reports and I don’t think there are any ifs, ands, or buts about it. We’re going to save money.
Dante: Okay, I’m willing to make a tentative decision to go with GreatDeal Corp. as our new vendor, as long as that decision isn’t set in stone. We’ll revisit this decision in six months to see if they’re working out.
Courteney: I can live with that. Now, can we discuss my raise?
Dante: Raise? That’s definitely something I’ll need to ponder a lot more.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
619 - Packing Clothes for a Trip Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Sep 24, 2010If you’re leaving on a jet plane, and don’t know when you’ll be back again, then you better bring a lot of clothing. Learn all about it on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:49
Explanations: 3:17
Fast dialogue: 17:43
Nick: Aren’t you done packing yet? We need to leave for the airport in 15 minutes.
Mariah: I’m almost done. I just need to finish packing my garment bag.
Nick: You’re bringing a garment bag? What for?
Mariah: For my dresses, of course. I don’t want them to get wrinkles in them. I have a bag for shoes, belts, handbags, and other accessories; two suitcases for clothes, swimsuits, underwear, and socks; and a carry-on for my makeup and toiletries.
Nick: What do you need all that for?!
Mariah: I’m preparing for all contingencies. You never know what situation you’ll be in when you travel, and I want to be equipped with anything I’ll need.
Nick: I should have expected this when I married a clothes horse. I’m surprised you didn’t bring your entire wardrobe.
Mariah: I was thinking about it. I’m sure I can make room. All of my bags are expandable.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #260 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Sep 22, 2010Topics: Famous Americans: Evel Knievel; Colonial Williamsburg; to devote versus to dedicate; the title “Dr.”; between now and then
Words:
daredevil
stunt
to pop a wheelie
odd jobs
to clear
to go south
exhibit
authentic
era
living history
firearm
street theater
to devote
to dedicate
Dr.
between now and then
Download File - 15.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
618 - Eating at a Casual Restaurant Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Sep 20, 2010Sometimes where you eat is as important as what you eat. Learn how to tell the difference in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:23
Explanations: 3:26
Fast dialogue: 19:09
Russell: Why aren’t you eating? Is there something the matter with your food?
Nadia: No, the food is fine.
Russell: What’s wrong?
Nadia: I’m not sure how to put this. I really like going to diners and hole in the walls with you, and I love mom and pop restaurants as much as you do. For me, it’s the food that counts, not the ambiance, but...
Russell: I thought you’d love this place. It’s my favorite greasy spoon.
Nadia: I do like it. It’s just that when you invited me out for my birthday and said that it would be something really special, I thought you might take me somewhere else.
Russell: Is that why you wore that nice new dress? You thought I was taking you to a fancy restaurant, with tablecloths, mood lighting, and snooty waiters.
Nadia: Well...
Russell: This is much better, don’t you think? We get to sit in this comfortable booth, listen to the jukebox, and watch our food being cooked behind the counter. I can’t think of a better dining experience. Don’t you agree?
Nadia: Uh, sure.
Russell: And don’t think you’re not getting something special for your birthday. I planned it all ahead of time.
Nadia: You did? Really? What is it?
Russell: I ordered you a whole pie!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
617 - Buying Bathroom Supplies Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Sep 17, 2010Is your bathroom missing something? Find out what it might be in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:14
Explanations: 2:57
Fast dialogue: 15:49
Jan: We’re almost done. We just need to get some bathroom supplies for Kimberly.
Tim: Okay, here are some towels, a bathmat and a bathroom scale. Don’t forget the cleaning supplies. She’ll need some rubber gloves, disinfectant, bowl cleaner, and a plunger.
Jan: All right. We have all that. Where are you going?
Tim: She’ll need a soap dish and a toothbrush holder. She’ll need a trashcan, too.
Jan: Okay, I think we’re all done. Kimberly is moving into an apartment with college roommates, not starting her own bathroom supply store. Let’s not go overboard.
Tim: I just need to get a couple more things.
Jan: What?
Tim: I’m buying her 10 packages of toilet paper and 20 boxes of Kleenex. She’ll be living on her own for the first time and she’ll need all that.
Jan: Ten packages of toilet paper and 20 boxes of Kleenex?! She can shop for herself, you know. You don’t need to buy her a six-month supply.
Tim: Clearly you don’t know college students. They’ll go through that in a week!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #259 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Sep 15, 2010Topics: The Great Smoky Mountains National Park; Famous Songs: Oh! Susanna; whichever versus whatever; tar-and-feather; mutually exclusive
Words:
smoke
old-growth forest
salamander
settler
log cabin
banjo
true love
still
nonsensical
dialect
from memory
whichever
whatever
tar-and-feather
mutually exclusive
Download File - 16.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
616 - Having a Business Mentor Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Sep 13, 2010If you want to become successful in business, there’s no better place to start than talking to someone who has already achieved success. Learn more about mentoring in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:16
Explanations: 3:15
Fast dialogue: 19:00
Alex: Where are you going?
Kenya: I’m going to meet my business mentor.
Alex: Your business mentor? What do you do with a business mentor?
Kenya: Well, my mentor is like an advisor. We meet regularly and I get her feedback and guidance with my ideas on starting a business.
Alex: Oh, so you’re her protégé?
Kenya: No, I’m not. I simply go to her with my ideas and she helps me hash them out. She’s a successful entrepreneur and I’m there to learn from her experience.
Alex: How did you get her to be your mentor? Were you already friends?
Kenya: No, I contacted her out of the blue, actually. I’ve read about her company and her many successes, and I wrote her a letter telling her about me and what I hope to accomplish. She agreed to meet with me, and at that first meeting, we really clicked and now we meet once a month.
Alex: That’s very generous of her. What does she get out of it?
Kenya: I’m not sure, but I think she enjoys giving me pointers and sharing her expertise. I’m very appreciative and she says I remind her a lot of herself when she was my age. I take that as a huge compliment.
Alex: You should. If you’re like her, you’ll be a multi-millionaire in no time flat.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
615 - Watching Daytime Talk Shows Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Sep 10, 2010If you have nothing to live for, then you must be watching a daytime talk show. Learn how to describe it all in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:27
Explanations: 2:46
Fast dialogue: 18:32
Sally: Why are wasting your time on your day off watching these daytime talk shows?
Jerry: I think they’re entertaining.
Sally: You’ve got to be kidding. The only people who are booked as guests on those shows are losers or exhibitionists who want attention.
Jerry: No, they’re not. These shows are all about human drama and tragedy, something we can all relate to.
Sally: Give me a break! The people who appear on these shows want fame at any cost and the producers of the shows exploit them for ratings. They’re full of salacious details that nobody should talk about in public, and that I certainly don’t want to hear.
Jerry: I completely disagree. If you get off your high horse for a minute, you may learn something.
Sally: Like what?
Jerry: Like how to get rid of an annoying wife and get away with it!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #258 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Sep 08, 2010Topics: Singing in the Rain; the Federal Reserve; among versus between; of no use
Words:
musical
silent film
talking picture
leading lady
to dub
exclusive
branch
board of directors
turbulent
to stave off
criticism
accountability
among
between
of no use
Download File - 15.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
614 - Experiencing an Earthquake Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Sep 06, 2010Do you feel the earth move under your feet? You may be experiencing an earthquake. Learn how to talk about it in English before it’s too late.
Slow dialogue: 1:28
Explanations: 3:34
Fast dialogue: 19:24
Jamal: Did you feel that?
Keisha: Was that an earthquake?
Jamal: Yes, I think so. Turn on the news.
Newscaster: “Reports are coming in about an earthquake that occurred at 4:35 p.m. in the downtown area. We spoke with a seismologist at the Earthquake Center and learned that the earthquake had a magnitude of 3.2 on the Richter scale. The epicenter was near downtown, along one of the major faults, and the seismologist warns that there will be some aftershocks.”
Keisha: Phew! I’m glad the earthquake wasn’t a high-intensity one. I wish they could predict more accurately when those earthquakes are going to happen.
Jamal: Yeah, me, too. I’ve looked around the house and don’t see any damage, though. I guess our house won’t be declared a disaster area.
Keisha: Don’t be too sure. Considering the mess you’ve made in kitchen, it could easily be called a disaster area.
Jamal: In that case, will you be sending aid? I think I’m too tired to do the dishes.
Keisha: You won’t be getting any aid from me. If you’re hoping for a relief effort, you’d better ask the UN.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
613 - Being a First-Time Parent Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Sep 03, 2010Having your first child can be hard on parents. Learn how to talk about all the things you have to do in English on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:35
Explanations: 3:28
Fast dialogue: 19:21
Zuly: Hello.
Ricardo: Hi, Zuly. How are you?
Zuly: Oh, Ricardo, it’s you. I’m doing okay. How are you?
Ricardo: I wanted to call and congratulate you on the birth of your new baby.
Zuly: Thanks a lot. Carla was born three weeks ago, and she was 8 pounds, 3 ounces.
Ricardo: That’s great! How does it feel to be a first-time parent?
Zuly: It’s really overwhelming taking care of a newborn. I’m learning everything from scratch, everything from how to breastfeed and bottle-feed, to burping her, to putting her to bed, to using a car seat and a stroller.
Ricardo: You sound overwhelmed. I remember when Adam, our first child, was born.
There were the feedings in the middle of the night, and all of those diapers!
Zuly: Exactly. I’m exhausted all the time. In fact, I find myself dozing off at all hours of the day.
Ricardo: I really sympathize with you, but these days will pass quickly, and then you’ll have such great memories. Have you had much sleep?
Zuly: Zzzzzzzz!
Ricardo: Zuly? Zuly?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #257 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Sep 01, 2010Topics: Ringling Brothers and Barnum & Bailey Circus; New York Fashion Week; predict versus forecast; foretell versus remind versus recall; polite phrases used before meals
Words:
circus
acrobat
clown
ringmaster
clean
reach
collection
what’s in/out
star-studded
invitation-only
to sponsor
runway
to predict
to forecast
to foretell
to remind
to recall
Download File - 16.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
612 - Introducing a Speaker Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Aug 30, 2010Introducing someone who is giving a speech is always easier than actually giving the talk. Learn how to do it in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:37
Explanations: 3:07
Fast dialogue: 16:53
Ladies and Gentlemen, may I have your attention, please?
It is my great honor to introduce our guest speaker today. Our speaker is actually a person who needs no introduction, since she is well known in our field as one of its great innovators. Edwina Litton has been called a revolutionary thinker by those in our field. That’s because she has strived to bring attention to those issues that we believe are so important.
Dr. Litton holds four advanced degrees and has an honorary doctorate from Harward University. In her much-anticipated speech today, she will address what she sees as the future of our field.
Without further ado, please join me in welcoming Dr. Edwina Litton.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
611 - Having an Overbearing Father Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Aug 27,
03:00:54 2010, -0400Parents want to protect their children, even when they grow older. Sometimes the children, however, don’t want the protection. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:39
Explanations: 3:29
Fast dialogue: 18:18
Dad: Where are you going?
Eva: Out.
Dad: Out where?
Eva: Dad, I’m nearly a grown woman. You don’t need to be so overbearing. You give me the third degree every time I leave the house.
Dad: As long as you live under my roof, you’ll live by my rules. Now, where are you going?
Eva: I’m going over to Damien’s house to hang out. I’ll be home before curfew.
Dad: I don’t like that guy, Damien. He’s not good enough for you. He’s a troublemaker. Mark my words: That kid is going nowhere fast. Is this a date?
Eva: No, Dad, we’re just going to watch a movie.
Dad: Alone? With no supervision? What is this world coming to?
Eva: Dad, we’re not kids anymore. We’re both 17.
Dad: That’s exactly the right age to get into the most trouble.
Eva: What are you doing?
Dad: I’m putting on my coat.
Eva: Why?
Dad: You and Damien need a chaperon.
Eva: No way, Dad! I’m not going over to Damien’s with you tagging along as our chaperon. That would be humiliating.
Dad: Good, then you’ll stay home. So, what movie should we watch tonight?
Eva: Huh!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #256 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Aug 25, 2010Topics: Ask an American: Chocolate; dispute versus disagreement versus conflict; using “times” in comparing amounts; use of infinitive “to” phrases as adjective, adverb, or noun
Words:
comfort food
to melt in (one’s) mouth
sensation
hot off the presses
to tend to
refrigeration
prevalent
to secure
delectable treat
delicacy
to speak to (something)
soul
there’s nothing better
dispute
disagreement
conflict
times
Download File - 16.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
610 - Preparing to Travel Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Aug 23, 2010There are lots of things you must do before you are ready to travel. Learn how to talk about them in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:29
Explanations: 3:50
Fast dialogue: 17:54
Shannon: It looks like you’re ready for your trip. You must be psyched.
Ignacio: Yeah, I am. I’m almost ready. I’ve gone to the post office and filled out a form so they’ll hold my mail while I’m gone.
Shannon: I could pick up your mail for you.
Ignacio: Thanks, but it’ll just be easier this way. I’ve also called the newspaper office to have my newspaper delivery suspended. Tomorrow I’ll arrange for my bank to automatically pay my bills so I won’t have my utilities cut off or accrue any late fees.
Shannon: I could pay your bills for you. I don’t mind.
Ignacio: It’s nice of you to offer, but I’ve got it covered. This morning, I took my plants over to my neighbor’s house. He agreed to water them for me while I’m gone.
Shannon: I could have come over and watered your plants. That wouldn’t have been a problem at all.
Ignacio: Thanks for being willing to do that. As always, you’re so helpful.
Shannon: Oh, I try my best...
Ignacio: I was wondering if I could ask just one favor from you.
Shannon: Of course you can. Just name it!
Ignacio: You know my dog, Rex...
Shannon: Oh, no...
Ignacio: I could board him at a kennel, but he’s had bad luck at kennels. Could you look after him while I’m gone?
Shannon: No way!
Ignacio: Why?
Shannon: Why don’t you ask the people who worked at those kennels where Rex has been? I’m willing to pitch in, but I’m no sucker!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
609 - Types of Car and Vehicles Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Aug 20, 2010Looking to buy a new car? Find out what different types of cars are called in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:10
Explanations: 2:46
Fast dialogue: 16:15
Robert: Hi, I’m Robert. What are you in the market for today?
Mary: I want to buy a new car, but I’m not sure what I want.
Robert: Well, you’ve come to the right place. We have a very large selection of cars and trucks – just about any type of vehicle you can think of. Why don’t I show you around?
Mary: Okay, that would be great.
Robert: Over here, we have some nice compacts and mid-size cars. We have 2-door or 4-door sedans, coupes, and hatchbacks. We even have this beautiful convertible sports car. What do you think?
Mary: It’s very nice, but I want something a little bigger for my family.
Robert: Okay, no sweat. Walk this way and you’ll see our station wagons, mini-vans, and SUVs. These seat anywhere from six to 10 people. We even have pickups.
Mary: I’m not sure if any of these will fit my family?
Robert: How many children do you have?
Mary: Eleven.
Robert: Eleven? In that case, you might want to buy two!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #255 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Aug 18, 2010Topics: Famous Authors: Laura Ingalls Wilder; college secret societies; no one versus nobody versus anybody; Do you feel as though...?; rent versus lease
Words:
pioneer
homesteader
deed
to draw on (one’s) experiences
prairie
drought
rerun
skull
to tap (someone)
old-boy network
rumor
to deny
no one
nobody
anybody
Do you feel as though...?
rent
lease
Download File - 15.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
608 - Formatting Text Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Aug 16, 2010Learn how to format your documents in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:30
Explanations: 3:20
Fast dialogue: 20:11
Chad: Okay, this report is finally finished.
Pamela: Oh, not quite. I’m still working on the formatting.
Chad: We used the standard formatting for this type of report. I don’t think we should play around with the text.
Pamela: Standard is boring. I want our report to be special. I’m putting a nice border on the cover, adding some shading, and centering some of the text.
Chad: No, I really think that’s a bad idea. All of the text should be flush left, and nobody else puts shading in their reports. It cuts down on readability.
Pamela: Readability is secondary to presentation. Look, I’m just putting some of the titles in caps and underlining them, adding some bullets, and putting some of the important sections in bold or italics. This will all make each page look more professional.
Chad: I don’t think it’s going to have your intended effect.
Pamela: Really?
Chad: Yes, instead of thinking we’re being professional, they’ll think we’ve gone off our rocker.
Pamela: Don’t be so stodgy. Hey, I think adding some clip art would really jazz things up, don’t you?
Chad: Oh, God!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 10.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
607 - Being Pestered on the Phone Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Aug 13, 2010Getting too many phone calls? Learn how to fix the problem in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:35
Explanations: 3:24
Fast dialogue: 19:19
Gisele: Our phone has been ringing off the hook all weekend. What’s the deal?
Nobu: I think it’s Jeanine.
Gisele: Jeanine…Jeanine…Is that the woman you’ve been going out with?
Nobu: Yeah, it’s her. I tried to let her down easy, but she’s not taking the hint.
Gisele: I see. That’s why you’ve been screening calls. Why don’t you just talk to her and tell her that you don’t think you’re right for each other, take the direct approach?
Nobu: I figure if I don’t take her calls for a few more days, she’ll get the message.
Gisele: Are you sure? There are 14 new voicemail messages. How many of those do you think are from Jeanine?
Nobu: All of them. I let calls go to voicemail if I see her phone number on caller ID. I guess I should listen to those messages – sooner or later.
Gisele: Yeah, that’s probably a good idea.
Nobu: I was thinking of taking the phone off the hook for the rest of day. What do you think?
Gisele: You do that and she’ll be on your doorstep to make sure nothing bad has happened to you. Listen, you don’t want to be honest with her, but you want her to stop pestering you, right? In that case, you only have one option.
Nobu: What?
Gisele: Tell her you’re moving to Timbuktu!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #254 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Aug 11, 2010Topics: Famous Americans: Scott Joplin; American Cities: Memphis; picture versus image versus photo; a versus an
Words:
composer
ragtime
talent
to be well-received
largely
posthumous
lumber
mule
these days
cargo
to be associated with
barbecue
picture
image
photo
Download File - 15.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
606 - Reading a Bus Schedule Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Aug 09, 2010Learn how to read a bus schedule in English on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:18
Explanations: 3:59
Fast dialogue: 18:56
This was my first visit to McQuillanville. I wanted to avoid driving, so I decided to take the bus around the city. However, I was having some trouble figuring out the bus schedule.
Louisa: Excuse me, could you help me read this bus schedule?
Curt: I can try. Where do you want to go?
Louisa: I want to go downtown, but I’m not sure which bus to take.
Curt: Let me see that bus schedule. Here’s a listing of the route numbers on the back of this schedule. Look for a bus that goes downtown.
Louisa: Oh, I see. That’s great. Tomorrow, I want to arrive at the Podcast Museum at 10 a.m. when it opens. Which bus will I have to take?
Curt: Let me look at this bus schedule. That’s simple. All you have to do is find the stop closest to the museum, then look down the column to find the arrival time of 10 a.m. or before, and work backwards to see what time that bus passes the stop at your starting point. Got it?
Louisa: I think so, but I don’t think there’s a bus that goes directly from here to downtown.
Curt: In that case, it says on the schedule that you’ll need to get a transfer from the driver of the first bus so you can ride for free on the second bus. Just take the additional time into account. Mornings are peak times, and according to this schedule, the buses run more frequently to accommodate commuters, so it shouldn’t take you a lot longer. It also says here that you’ll need to have a bus pass or exact change for the fare when you board.
Louisa: Thanks a lot for all the help. Do you know how much the fare is?
Curt: I have no idea. I’ve never ridden the bus before in McQuillanville.
Louisa: Then how do you know so much about riding the bus?
Curt: I can read.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
605 - Talking About Astronomy Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Aug 06, 2010Keep reaching for the stars in this episode, while keeping your feet on the ground.
Slow dialogue: 1:23
Explanations: 2:52
Fast dialogue: 13:24
Dad: What are you working on, honey?
Mariko: It’s a project for school about the Earth and its place in the universe. I have to write a report and build a model of what scientists can see with a telescope in space.
Dad: I can help you with that. I was always good in science, especially astronomy.
Mariko: Okay, Dad. If I need help, I’ll ask you.
Dad: Is that the report you’re writing right now?
Mariko: Yes.
Dad: Make sure you include all of the planets in the solar system.
Mariko: I plan to, Dad.
Dad: Don’t forget to talk about the Big Bang. Oh yeah, and talk about traveling through space and how many light years it would take. Are you going to include stars, asteroids, and other galaxies in your model?
Mariko: No, the teacher didn’t say we had to.
Dad: Yes, but including some of those would set your project apart from the others, don’t you think?
Mariko: Sure, Dad.
Dad: It would be out of this world!
Mariko: Right, Dad.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #253 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Aug 04, 2010Topics: Chinatown; famous songs: "Home on the Range"; that way versus in that way versus in such a way; neither here nor there; suffer versus suffer from
Words:
to be inspired by (something
conspiracy
corruption
to reveal
to flee
warrant for (someone’s) arrest
range
antelope
seldom
discouraging
to idealize
state song
that way
in that way
in such a way
neither here nor there
to suffer
to suffer from
Download File - 14.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
604 - Harming a Professional Reputation Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Aug 02, 2010Learn how to protect your good reputation, or fix your bad one, in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:23
Explanations: 3:07
Fast dialogue: 14:57
Alex: Good morning. What’s with the gloom and doom?
Paige: Have you seen this morning’s newspaper?
Alex: No, I haven’t.
Paige: You’d better read this. It’s an article about our company.
Alex: Let me see that. This is outrageous! How can anybody print such lies? We’re not on the verge of going under. How did they get a hold of so much misleading and outright wrong information?
Paige: What I’m irate about is what it says about you, as the owner. The article is full of innuendos about your background. It’s nothing short of character assassination. We’ll sue the paper for defamation of character.
Alex: I’m not worried about my personal reputation. I’m more concerned about the company’s image. I’m going down to that paper and making them print a retraction.
Paige: How’re you going to do that?
Alex: After I call the reporter a no-good mudslinger, I’ll give him the facts, the ones he neglected to include in this story.
Paige: Be careful what you say to him, especially in front of his coworkers. You don’t want him suing you for slander!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
603 - Praising a Performance Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jul 30, 2010Learn how to talk about a great performance in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:18
Explanations: 2:39
Fast dialogue: 14:39
Claudia: Oh, that was so good. I’ve never seen anything better. Bravo! Bravo!
Javier: There’s no need for a standing ovation and stop gushing. The performers did a passable job. It was nothing to write home about.
Claudia: You are so jaded. That performance was genius. It took my breath away.
Javier: I thought the first number was okay, and none of the dancers embarrassed themselves, but that’s all I can say about it.
Claudia: I’m sure they’d thank you for that faint praise. Me? I’ve never seen anything better.
Javier: Now how can you say that? That’s just over the top.
Claudia: If I can’t be effusive, who can? How many times will we see our granddaughter in a school play?
Javier: She’s seven years old and she played a tomato!
Claudia: Yes, but don’t forget: she played the lead tomato!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #252 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jul 28, 2010Topics: Famous Authors: Raymond Chandler; the Pony Express; to be involved in versus to be involved with; to make sense; hard on its heels
Words:
genre
free time
hobby
to make ends meet
screenwriter
unsentimental
cynical
relay
wiry
orphan
can-do
trademark
to be involved in
to be involved with
to make sense
hard on (one’s/someone’s) heels
Download File - 16.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
602 - Calling an Ambulance Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jul 26, 2010If you have a medical emergency, you may need to call an ambulance. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:20
Explanations: 3:22
Fast dialogue: 14:11
Brad: Are you all right?
Lydia: What...what happened?
Brad: You lost consciousness and someone called 911. My name is Brad and I’m a paramedic. Can you answer a few questions for me?
Lydia: I’ll try.
Brad: Have you ever blacked out before?
Lydia: No, I don’t think so.
Brad: Do you have a history of medical problems? Do you have any allergies to medication?
Lydia: Not that I know of.
Brad: Okay. Where are you hurt? Are you in any pain?
Lydia: I think I hit my head when I fell down. Oh, it’s bleeding. Oh my God, I’m bleeding!
Brad: Stay calm and let me examine the wound.
Lydia: Oh my God, I’m going to bleed to death!
Brad: Try to stay still. The wound doesn’t look too serious, but we’ll get you to the hospital to get checked out. We’ll get a stretcher so we can get you into the ambulance and take you to the emergency room. Try to stay clam.
Lydia: Calm? How can I stay calm when I’m bleeding to death? I need a helicopter to take me to the hospital right away. Call medivac!
Brad: Ma’am, you don’t need a helicopter. I’m just going to give you a little injection to help you with the pain and to help you relax.
Lydia: I’m going to die...I’m going to...
Brad: Phew!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
601 - Paying an Unexpected Visit Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jul 23, 2010
-0400 ,Most people call or write before they visit their friends and family, but some like to go unannounced. Find out why that can be a bad idea in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:24
Explanations: 3:22
Fast dialogue: 15:46
Lorraine: Hi, this is a surprise. To what do I owe this pleasure?
Terrance: Can’t I just drop in on my little sister unannounced to see how she is? I was just in this neck of the woods and thought I would pay you a visit.
Lorraine: Sure you were. Of course, I’m glad to see you, but this is just a little out of the blue.
Terrance: What do you mean?
Lorraine: I haven’t seen you in over five months, and you just happened to be in the neighborhood?
Terrance: Well, I wasn’t exactly in the neighborhood, but I wanted to see my favorite sister.
Lorraine: Your only sister. Okay, out with it. What are you doing here?
Terrance: Uh, well, I was thinking of taking a year off from school to pursue my art. I really feel I need to devote some time to my painting to see if I can make it as an artist.
Lorraine: Mom and Dad are not going to like that.
Terrance: I know and that’s where you come in.
Lorraine: You want me to run interference for you with Mom and Dad.
Terrance: Yeah, they would take it a lot better coming from you, don’t you think?
Lorraine: No, I don’t.
Terrance: You’ve always been the responsible one...I’m just saying...
Lorraine: And I’m just saying that I’m not going to do your dirty work for you!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
ESL Podcast Special Edition Fifth Anniversary Video Podcast Author: Center for Educational Development
Thu, Jul 22, 2010ESL Podcast's Fifth Anniversary Video Podcast! See a complete transcript at ESLPod.com.
Download File - 16.6 MB Watch This Podcast (Streaming Video)
English Cafe #251 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jul 21, 2010Topics: Ask an American: Obsolete; regarding versus concerning versus as for; can't be bothered; How you doing?
Words:
block
soundtrack
to tote
ghetto blaster
forefinger
knob
cultural reference
next door
otherwise
to Tweet
terse
to water down
regarding
concerning
as for
can't be bothered
How you doing?
Download File - 15.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
600 - Talking About Sight Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jul 19, 2010If you can’t read this, then put on your glasses and listen to this episode on having bad eyes.
Slow dialogue: 1:07
Explanations: 2:45
Fast dialogue: 15:19
Sue: This medication I’m taking is messing with my vision. Everything is blurry.
Hamed: That’s a good reason for you to stay home from work today.
Sue: I can’t. I have to give a presentation this afternoon and I can’t flake out on my coworkers.
Hamed: What good are you to them if you’re blind as a bat?
Sue: Everybody else will have crystal clear vision, so all I have to do is to put in an appearance. Things may not be as sharp as I’d like them to be, but I can still make out people and objects – as long as they’re really big.
Hamed: I don’t think your coworkers are going to want you to blindside them today with your strange behavior. You’re going to do more harm than good.
Sue: I can see well enough. I only see double if I move my head like this. Whoa…
Hamed: At this point, I don’t care if you have X-ray vision. That medication is affecting more than your vision. It’s impairing your better judgment!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
599 - Shopping for Warm-Weather Clothes Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jul 16, 2010Learn to talk about summertime clothing in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:35
Explanations: 3:01
Fast dialogue: 13:14
Spencer: I would love to see you in this outfit: a tank top and a miniskirt.
Lauren: No way! I wouldn’t look anything like that mannequin. I’m too shy and I’d make a fool of myself wearing such revealing clothes.
Spencer: That’s where you’re wrong. You would look great on the beach in that outfit with a bikini underneath.
Lauren: I haven’t worn a bikini in years. I always wear a one-piece now. In fact, I’d feel more comfortable in a T-shirt, cut-offs, and flip-flops.
Spencer: Why would you want to hide that figure? If you want to do that, why don’t you just wear this Hawaiian shirt and these board-shorts. Then no one will know you’re a woman!
Lauren: Don’t get mad. Okay, you can pick out an outfit for me and I promise to wear it for you. Okay?
Spencer: Fine, but I’m warning you: I want to see some skin!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #250 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jul 14, 2010Topics: Comic-Con; Famous Americans: Houdini; I just versus I have just; suit versus match versus fit; levity
Words:
convention
comic book
animation
autograph
fan
magician
escape artist
handcuffs
to debunk
supernatural
medium
séance
to suit
to match
to fit
levity
Download File - 15.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
598 - Suggesting a Nightcap Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jul 12, 2010How do you end a date that isn’t going well? Find out what to do - and not to do - in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 3:15
Fast dialogue: 15:48
Brittany: [slurring her speech] I had a really nice time.
Tri: I’m glad to hear it. It was nice of Marie to set us up.
Brittany: Yeah, she told me that you would be my soul mate, and she was right! You’re dreamy...
Tri: Uh...well, thanks. It was really nice meeting you, but I’d better be going.
Brittany: What? Why are you leaving so soon? Don’t you want to come in for a nightcap? Let’s have a drink, or two, or three. I’ll make it worth your while...
Tri: I think we’ve both had enough to drink tonight, don’t you? I’ll just take a rain check.
Brittany: Don’t go yet. The night is young. Don’t you want to see my apartment?
Tri: Sure I do, but let’s make it another time. I really do have to go.
Brittany: Spoilsport!
...
Brittany seemed nice when I first met her, but that impression didn’t last long. It only took 15 minutes for me to realize that she and I had nothing in common, and then, I couldn’t get out of there fast enough. You might think I’m crazy because she really was drop-dead gorgeous, but I had no intention of taking advantage of a drunk woman!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
597 - Describing Touch and Textures Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jul 09, 2010Have you ever wanted to describe the way something feels when you touch it? Learn how to do it in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:17
Explanations: 2:58
Fast dialogue: 14:31
Tommy: It’s just our luck that there’s a major power failure while we’re shopping in this outdoor bazaar.
Louisa: How are we going to find our way back to the hotel?
Tommy: Follow me and stay close. I’ll lead the way.
Louisa: This road is so rough. I keep tripping over the stones. Ah!
Tommy: What happened?
Louisa: I just fell into something wet and sticky. Gross! I don’t know what it is. It has a weird texture.
Tommy: Don’t think about it. If you’re not hurt, then try to get up and keep moving. Give me your hand. Ugh, it’s all slimy!
Louisa: Yeah, and my dress is all greasy, too. You know what? I think I did hurt myself. My foot feels all tingly, like it’s asleep.
Tommy: Try to walk the best you can and let’s try to make it back to the hotel. The road is smooth, not too bumpy, on this side. Let me help you.
Louisa: Thanks. I think I’ll be okay. Well, I guess if we don’t get to see very much more of the city, we’ll at least know what it feels like.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #249 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jul 07, 2010Topics: Hate Crime Legislation; State Fairs; shop versus store versus department store; relative to versus related to; Down Under
Words:
hate crime
prejudice
criminal offense
sexual orientation
brutality
to trigger
state fair
livestock
ride
funhouse
ribbon
textile
shop
store
department store
relative to
related to
Down Under
Download File - 13.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
596 - Applying for Unemployment Benefits Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jul 05, 2010Many governments give money to people who lose their jobs. Learn how to get some in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:38
Explanations: 2:50
Fast dialogue: 13:54
Agency Employee: Hello, state unemployment agency.
George: Hello, I’d like to apply for unemployment benefits.
Agency Employee: Okay, give me your address and I’ll send you an application.
George: How much can I get?
Agency Employee: That depends. Your benefits are calculated based on your quarterly earnings. You were laid off from your job?
George: Yes, I was. I qualify, don’t I?
Agency Employee: People who work part-time jobs or are self-employed aren’t eligible. If you worked in a full-time position, you should qualify. Fill out the application and we’ll let you know.
George: What else does the application ask for?
Agency Employee: You have to affirm that you’re able to work and that you’re actively seeking employment.
George: I’m definitely doing that. I’ve been meaning to ask you, are you hiring?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
595 - Suffering from Allergies Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jul 02, 2010Allergies are no fun, but this episode is! Learn how to talk about this medical condition in English.
Slow dialogue: 1:27
Explanations: 2:55
Fast dialogue: 14:40
Victor: Oh, doctor, you’ve got to help me!
Doctor: Try to relax. What seems to be the problem?
Victor: I’m sneezing all the time, and my eyes are itchy and watery.
Doctor: Tilt your head back so I can take a look at your nasal passages. You’re very congested.
Victor: My sinuses are killing me! I have headaches all the time and nothing I do seems to help.
Doctor: What is this on your skin?
Victor: I don’t know. I’ve had red spots all over my body.
Doctor: They look like hives to me. Are you experiencing any shortness of breath?
Victor: Well, my chest feels constricted and it’s hard to breathe.
Doctor: I think you may be experiencing a severe allergy attack. I’m going to refer you to an allergist. What were you doing right before you started experiencing these symptoms?
Victor: I started my first job.
Doctor: That could be your problem.
Victor: I knew it! I’m allergic to work!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #248 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 30, 2010Topics: Area 51 and Roswell; American Cities: Baltimore; that versus which; right away versus straightaway
Words:
conspiracy theory
civilian
tight-lipped
UFO
extraterrestrial
to recover
cultural center
Midwest
philanthropist
refurbished
black history
Super Bowl
that
which
right away
straightaway
Download File - 13.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
594 - Competition and Prizes Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jun 28, 2010Learn how to talk about the true nature of competition and games in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 2:22
Fast dialogue: 14:22
Olga: Are you going to take me on, or are you chicken?
Apollo: Me chicken? No way! Bring it on!
Olga: Okay, but get ready to get trounced. I’m going to teach you a thing or two about how this game should be played. Ready for some humiliation?
Apollo: Stop trash-talking and get over here. What are we playing for? How about 20 or 30 dollars?
Olga: Those stakes are too high. Let’s say that the champion will get bragging rights.
Apollo: Bragging rights?! If I can’t have a cash prize, I was hoping for at least a trophy or a medal.
Olga: Yeah, right. You want a medal for winning at thumb wrestling?!
Apollo: As far as I’m concerned, thumb wrestling should be an Olympic sport!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
593 - Staying Home from School Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jun 25, 2010Most children have to go to school, but some find clever ways to avoid it on certain days. Learn more about it on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 3:06
Fast dialogue: 16:01
Carin: We’re going to be late for school. Hurry up!
Hwan: I’m not going to school today. I’m sick.
Carin: You’re not sick. You’re playing hooky. You’re not going to put one over on Mom. She’ll know you’re faking. Get up! Let’s go!
Hwan: No, she won’t, and why are you giving me such a hard time? It’s not like you’ve never played hooky before.
Carin: I may cut class now and then, but I have a foolproof way of doing it so I don’t get caught.
Hwan: You mean you forge notes from Mom to let you get out of class for doctor’s appointments and things like that. I know all about that.
Carin: Who told you?
Hwan: I keep my eyes and ears open. I pick things up.
Carin: If you know so much, then you should know that pretending to be sick never works. Mom will make you go to school anyway. There are better ways to get an excused absence.
Hwan: How? I have a test in biology today and I have to get out of it. Help me!
Carin: I suppose I could, out of the goodness of my heart.
Hwan: Come on. If you do, I’ll owe you one, a big one.
Carin: All right. You scratch my back and I’ll scratch yours. Here’s what you have to do...
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #247 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 23, 2010Topics: Psycho and Alfred Hitchcock; The Gettysburg Address; to get the most out of versus to take advantage of; who versus whom; status quo
Words:
thriller
to adapt
proprietor
swamp
to trace
turning point
cemetery
dedication
to keep (one’s) spirits up
founding fathers
to prevail
patriotic
to get the most out of
to take advantage of
who
whom
status quo
Download File - 16.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
592 - Dealing with Website Hackers Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jun 21, 2010You can’t run. You can’t hide. There are thieves even on the Internet. Learn how to talk about hackers in English on this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:02
Explanations: 2:26
Fast dialogue: 13:08
Valerie: You’ll never guess what happened over the weekend.
Bill: What?
Valerie: Our website was attacked by hackers, and nobody could access it.
Bill: You’re kidding! What did they do?
Valerie: They got access to our server and embedded some malicious code that caused the site to be redirected to their own website.
Bill: But I thought our site had really good security. Didn’t we hire a programmer last year to encrypt the database and patch any vulnerabilities?
Valerie: That’s what we should have done. So now, we’re paying the price.
Bill: The site seems to be back up, though.
Valerie: Yeah, we brought in a specialist on Friday and she’s been working on it 24/7. Let’s hope she puts in the security measures we should have had all along, and this will never happen again.
Bill: Right, at least until some creative hacker comes up with a new way to wreak havoc.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
591 - Handling a Traffic Stop Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jun 18, 2010Drive carefully, or you may get a ticket from the police. Find out what to say in English if it happens to you.
Slow dialogue: 1:08
Explanations: 3:01
Fast dialogue: 16:16
I was having a great day until I saw the police car behind me with its loud siren and lights flashing. I pulled off the road and waited for the officer to approach my car.
Officer: May I see your driver’s license, proof of insurance, and car registration, please?
Lindsay: Let me get them out of my glove compartment. Here they are. What did I do wrong, officer?
Officer: Didn’t you see that stop sign back there?
Lindsay: Stop sign? What stop sign? I didn’t see any stop sign.
Officer: Sit tight and I’ll be right back.
...
I guess he was running my driver’s license and license plate numbers to make sure there are no outstanding warrants for me or for my car. He came back after a few minutes.
...
Officer: You ran a stop sign back there and I’m going to have to give you a citation.
Lindsay: Is that really necessary, officer? I’m really sorry I ran the stop sign and I’ll be more careful next time.
Officer: I suppose I could let you off with a warning, just this once.
Lindsay: Oh, thank you so much!
Officer: Drive more carefully in the future.
Lindsay: I will. I definitely will.
...
Phew! That was close. Good thing I tossed the incriminating evidence out the window before I pulled off the road!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #246 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 16, 2010Topics: Ask an American: Father Damien and leprosy; bring versus take; And you?; trustworthy versus honest
Words:
beacon
to despair
faith
to exile
to shun
legacy
affection
on (one’s) behalf
bottom line
to bring
to take
trustworthy
honest
Download File - 15.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
590 - Paying Airline Fees Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jun 14, 2010Flying in an airplane is getting more and more expensive. Find out why in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:14
Explanations: 3:35
Fast dialogue: 15:37
Justine: So that’s the plan. We drive to San Francisco, then to Portland, then to Seattle, and then to Vancouver.
Howie: What? Why are we driving to Vancouver instead of flying?
Justine: Haven’t you noticed all of the fees the airlines are tacking on these days? First, there were the fuel surcharges and now, there is a whole slew of added fees.
Howie: Like what?
Justine: Well, there’s a checked baggage fee, for one. On some airlines, you have to pay to check just one bag, and each additional bag is another fee. If you have oversize or overweight bags, that’s another fee.
Howie: Okay, I don’t like fees either, but I don’t think that justifies driving all the way to Vancouver.
Justine: Well, let me tell you about some of the other fees. Do you want a snack or a meal on the flight? You’re going to have to shell out for those now. Do you want to fly standby? Yes, it used to be free, but not anymore. Do you want to make your reservation by phone instead of on the Internet? That’s another fee. Do you want a pillow or a blanket for your long flight? Okay, but that’s another fee!
Howie: Okay, don’t get worked up. I see what you mean. They really know how to nickel and dime you. Once we add all of those fees to the base fare, I guess flying isn’t such a good deal. But do you really want us to drive three days to get to Vancouver?
Justine: What’s the problem with driving?
Howie: Oh, I don’t know, maybe it’s the fact that I only have a week for vacation? As soon as we get to Vancouver, we’ll have to turn back!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
589 - Having Skin Problems Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jun 11, 2010The skin is the largest organ in the human body. Find out how to talk about it in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:15
Explanations: 2:54
Fast dialogue: 15:08
Mother: Doctor, this is my son Danny. I brought him in so you could look at his rash.
Doctor: Okay, Danny. Have a seat on the exam table. How long have you had the rash?
Mother: My son has had that rash for about two weeks. It started out as a blister, and then it got really itchy and turned red. Could it be an infection?
Doctor: I’ll need to take a closer look at it first before I can tell you that.
Mother: I hope it’s not anything serious. I hope it’s not skin cancer!
Doctor: Let’s not get ahead of ourselves. Okay, let’s take a look...
Mother: While you’re at it, could you look at this bump on Danny’s neck? I think it’s a mole.
Doctor: That looks like a birthmark, but I’ll take a look.
Mother: And could you look at this wart? If you remove it, will it leave a scar?
Doctor: I’m not sure it is a wart. Let me examine it first, and I’ll tell you what treatment I recommend.
Mother: Oh, and Doctor, could you look at Danny’s pimples? He just started getting them. I had really bad acne when I was his age.
Doctor: Is there anything else?
Mother: Well, since you asked...
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #245 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 09, 2010Topics: The Grand Canyon; Famous Americans: Georgia O’Keefe; shanty versus apartment versus tenement; alert the media; now what?
Words:
canyon
steep
to erode
outdoorsman
livestock grazing
sightseeing
boundary
discouraged
exhibit
magnifying glass
landscape
desert
shanty
apartment
tenement
alert the media
now what?
Download File - 13.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
588 - Hiring Business Consultants Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jun 07, 2010
:59 -0400,Need some extra work done for your business? Learn how to talk about hiring an independent contractor in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:22
Explanations: 3:20
Fast dialogue: 16:31
Erica: So your suggestion is to hire outside consultants to handle the extra work associated with the expansion.
Stefan: I think there are a lot of benefits: we get someone with the right expertise quickly, we can use him or her as needed, and we can save on employment taxes and benefits. What’s not to like?
Erica: I’m just not sure that’s the right move right now.
Stefan: To me, it’s a no-brainer. We call the shots. If we don’t like the consultant’s work, then we can terminate our relationship at any time.
Erica: Yes, but that also means that the consultant won’t feel any company loyalty and could quit working with us whenever he or she wanted to, leaving us in a lurch.
Stefan: That’s true, but that’s also true of any employee. Company loyalty is a thing of the past. I really think we should move ahead.
Erica: Well, I think we should take it one step at a time. Start with contracting consultants for smaller projects and see how they do before we have them work on this big one.
Stefan: Okay, I can live with that, as long as we don’t drag our feet in getting people started on the big project.
Erica: Don’t worry. If I drag my feet, I know you’ll tow me along.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
587 - Feeling Disillusioned Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jun 04, 2010Not everything is what is seems to be. Learn to express your inevitable disappointment in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:20
Explanations: 3:14
Fast dialogue: 16:39
Daniela: I did it. I finally met Mandy Timpkin.
Tony: Mandy Timpkin, your idol?
Daniela: Yeah, I stood in line for two days at her book signing and finally met her. It was a big disappointment.
Tony: Really? I thought she could do no wrong, as far as you’re concerned.
Daniela: Well, that was before I met her. I have always wanted to be just like her. She had everything going for her: a great life and a great career. I emulated her in so many ways. I thought she must be a paragon of virtue and a great person to be around. I walked into that bookstore with all of these preconceived notions.
Tony: What happened to shatter your image of her?
Daniela: While I waited in line, I saw what kind of person she really was. She was rude to everybody and made ridiculous demands of her assistants. It wasn’t how I pictured her at all. She was a real diva.
Tony: So meeting her really burst your bubble.
Daniela: Yeah, it really did. I guess it was my own fault for putting her on a pedestal.
Tony: Well, you’re not the only one. Celebrities wouldn’t be celebrities if we didn’t idolize them.
Daniela: True enough, and I’ve learned my lesson. Nobody’s perfect, least of all celebrities!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #244 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jun 02, 2010Topics: Ellis Island; The Rat Pack; lots of versus a lot of; sleep versus asleep, wake versus awake, rise versus arise; alpha male
Words:
immigration
to undergo
inspection
unsanitary
family tree
pop culture
desegregation
impromptu
to sell out
to rule
brat
coming-of-age
lots of / a lot of
sleep
asleep
to wake (up)
awake
to rise
to arise
alpha male
Download File - 15.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
586 - Getting a Girlfriend or Boyfriend Back Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 31, 2010Dreaming of an old love? Find out if she (or he) will ever take you back in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:27
Explanations: 2:58
Fast dialogue: 15:56
Grace: What are you doing?
Yuji: I’m working on a plan to get April back.
Grace: I think that’s a lost cause. You guys broke up three months ago. There’s no way she’ll take you back.
Yuji: Watch me prove you wrong. When I tell April about all of the ways I’m going to change and to make her happy, she’ll let bygones be bygones.
Grace: You’re dreaming. She won’t be duped by a bunch of empty promises.
Yuji: They’re not empty promises. I really am going to change, within reason.
Grace: Do you really think April is going to forget all of the things you’ve done to her in the past?
Yuji: I’m not going to rake up the past. I’m going to show her the new me, and she’ll know I’m sincere. After all, she used to be crazy about me. I’m sure it’s just a matter of me making the effort.
Grace: Pride comes before a fall, you know. I think you’d have a better chance if you got down on your knees and begged her for mercy!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
585 - Being Clear or Confusing Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, May 28, 2010So I was telling my friend about this thing but then I thought of something else so I…what was I saying? Anyway, learn how to tell a story clearly in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:27
Explanations: 3:03
Fast dialogue: 14:05
Laurent: So I’m confused. Who’s David again?
Bethany: David is my roommate’s friend’s brother. Haven’t you been listening?
Laurent: I have, but how am I supposed to keep all of these people straight? Your stories are always so convoluted, with too many twists and turns. Why don’t you try telling a straightforward story for once?
Bethany: My stories are only confusing for people who don’t pay attention or who can’t deal with complexity.
Laurent: Complexity? Is that what you call going off on tangents and including completely irrelevant information? Half the time the end of the story contradicts the beginning!
Bethany: You just don’t appreciate intricate plots. My stories are crystal clear to anyone who pays attention. Good stories have lots of detail. Just ask Shakespeare.
Laurent: Talk about delusions of grandeur! When you start comparing yourself to Shakespeare, it’s time for you to seek professional help!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #243 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 26, 2010Topics: Famous TV Animals; Niagara Falls; closed caption versus subtitle; meanwhile versus meantime; using the colon (:)
Words:
to capture (one's) heart
storyline
courage
stunt
warden
hydroelectric power
honeymoon
barrel
mist
chapel
luxury hotel
aphrodisiac
closed caption
subtitle
meanwhile
meantime
colon
Download File - 15.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
584 - Calling in Sick to Work Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 24, 2010If you’re sick, you need to take a day off from work. Find out how to tell your boss in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:06
Explanations: 2:51
Fast dialogue: 12:50
I was fed up with work and wanted the day off. I decided to call in sick. I wasn’t prepared, though, to be peppered with questions.
Peter: Hello, this is Peter. Is this Magda?
Magda: Yes. This is Magda.
Peter: Hi, Magda. I won’t be coming in today. I’m not feeling well. I think I’ve come down with something.
Magda: Hmm, what seems to be the problem?
Peter: The problem? Oh…I’ve been up all night throwing up and I feel terrible.
Magda: Didn’t you have something like this two weeks ago when you called in sick?
Peter: Two weeks ago? No, I had food poisoning two weeks ago.
Magda: And what about a month ago when you called in sick?
Peter: That was a 24-hour bug.
Magda: Didn’t you just take a day off from work because of a death in the family?
Peter: Yes, I had to go to the funeral.
Magda: I see. That’s one day off from work a week, four weeks in a row. [long silence]
Peter: Uh, I’ll be in within the hour.
Magda: I’m glad you’ve had a miraculous recovery.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
583 - Going to a Spa Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, May 21, 2010It’s time to relax, and there’s no better place than a spa. Learn how to talk about it in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:12
Explanations: 2:59
Fast dialogue: 13:58
Jan: This is the life! Spending the day at a spa is my idea of paradise.
Tim: Yeah, it’s great.
Jan: Aren’t you enjoying yourself?
Tim: The massage was okay, but why do I have to get a facial and a body wrap? I’m a guy!
Jan: Men need rejuvenating, too. These are all holistic treatments and you’ll feel like a new man when you’re done. Just enjoy the pampering.
Tim: I feel like an idiot. How am I supposed to relax?
Jan: Why don’t you get a body scrub or a scalp massage instead? Maybe that’ll calm your nerves.
Tim: I don’t need a body scrub or another massage. I just want to get out of here. When will we be done?
Jan: After this, all we have left are manicures and pedicures.
Tim: What?! I’m not getting a manicure or a pedicure.
Jan: You did promise to go with me to the spa if I agreed to have your four college friends stay in our house for two weeks, remember?
Tim: Yes, I remember. All right, let’s get this over with.
Jan: Just be glad I didn’t sign you up for waxing!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #242 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 19, 2010Topics: Preventing Violence in Schools Post Columbine; American Territories: U.S. Virgin Islands; although versus even though; lite; rate versus rank
Words:
campus
massacre
outcast
bullied
minor
to claim
clique
to retaliate
Caribbean
inhabitant
exotic
diving
destination wedding
cruise
although
even though
lite
to rate
to rank
Download File - 13.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
582 - A Parent-Teacher Conference Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 17, 2010Go to a parent-teacher conference to talk about your child’s performance in school in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:29
Explanations: 3:35
Fast dialogue: 15:46
Ms. Vasquez: Hello, Mr. Polo. I’m Ms. Vasquez. Please have a seat.
Mr. Polo: Thank you.
Ms. Vasquez: In this parent-teacher conference, I want to go beyond Marco’s report cards and his standardized test scores to talk about his general performance in the classroom.
Mr. Polo: That’s great. I want to know how he’s doing.
Ms. Vasquez: Marco is a good student. He’s attentive in class, a hard worker, and hands in his homework on time. Here’s his portfolio, if you want to take a look at his classroom work.
Mr. Polo: This is great. Are there any areas he needs to work on?
Ms. Vasquez: Marco is a good student, but he does sometimes misbehave. He often has disagreements with other students and loses his temper. I think he needs to work on his social skills.
Mr. Polo: Well, I don’t think that’s the most important thing, do you? His academics are the most important and he seems to be doing well in his subjects.
Ms. Vasquez: It’s true that academics are important, but learning to work cooperatively with other people is important, too, if he wants to get ahead in life, don’t you think?
Mr. Polo: I’ll have a talk with him. I’m sure you’ll see an improvement.
Ms. Vasquez: I appreciate you taking this seriously. Again, Marco is a good student and it’s a pleasure to have him in my class.
Mr. Polo: I’m glad to hear that. Good-bye.
Ms. Vasquez: Have a good afternoon.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
581 - Reading a World Map Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, May 14, 2010It helps to be able to read a map if you’re going to travel. Learn how in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:30
Explanations: 3:30
Fast dialogue: 15:34
Greg: What are you doing with that map and that globe?
Julianna: I’m trying to keep track of Carmen as she travels from country to country. I just got another postcard from her today.
Greg: I’m not sure I like the idea of my daughter traveling around the world with a group of people for three months. It’s not safe.
Julianna: She can take care of herself. You know she’s the adventurous type. Give her a compass and she can find her way around anywhere. Help me find Nauru on this map. I don’t even know what continent it’s on. I was never any good at geography.
Greg: All right. You look above the equator and I’ll look below it, but couldn’t you just look it up on the Internet? It would be easy to find the latitude and longitude of this place.
Julianna: This is more fun. I sort of feel like I’m on an adventure myself.
Greg: I can’t make heads or tails of this map. It’s not to scale and this legend is all wrong!
Julianna: It doesn’t matter. We just need to find the place name, and then I can put a pin in this map showing where’s she’s been.
Greg: I have a better idea. I’ll look it up on the Internet and get you all of the vital statistics you’d want, like its location, okay?
Julianna: Forget it. Sometimes it’s more fun doing things the hard way.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #241 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 12, 2010Topics: Ask an American: The Princess and the Frog; pronouncing “address”; to cut the bull/ bullshit; outspoken versus vocal
Words:
fairy tale
extension of (one’s) disbelief
dreamland
hand-drawn
down here
to break (someone’s) heart
merger
to bring back
the norm
period
Americana
to open a new chapter
to address
to cut the bull/bullshit
outspoken
vocal
Download File - 14.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
580 - Retiring From a Job Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 10, 2010Learn how to talk about retirement in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:21
Explanations: 3:12
Fast dialogue: 15:53
Meredith: Are you going to Stanley’s retirement party?
Oscar: Sure, I want a glimpse of the future. I can’t wait to retire.
Meredith: It’ll be a long time before you get the golden handshake. Me? I may be ready for early retirement.
Oscar: Are you seriously thinking about taking the early retirement package the company is offering?
Meredith: I’m thinking about it. My health isn’t getting any better, and I don’t want to spend the rest of my days in this office.
Oscar: But can you afford it?
Meredith: The early retirement package is pretty generous, and I’ve saved up a nice little nest egg over the years.
Oscar: Then what are you waiting for? If I were in your shoes, I wouldn’t hem and haw about it. I’d make the decision to retire now – today!
Meredith: Why are you getting all worked up? Are you after my job?
Oscar: No way! I just can’t stand to see someone who can retire stay at this job. I’d trade places with you in a minute.
Meredith: I doubt that – not if it meant being a card-carrying member of AARP. You’re too young to be thinking about retirement.
Oscar: I didn’t say I was ready for retirement. I’m just thinking about it – all the time!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
579 - Telling People Where You’re From Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, May 07, 2010Learn how to ask in English where someone is from, and to introduce yourself in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:36
Explanations: 3:14
Fast dialogue: 16:23
Cora: Hi, I’m Cora.
Antonio: I’m Antonio. Nice to meet you.
Cora: Same here. Are you from around here?
Antonio: No, I’m originally from Arkansas. How about you?
Cora: I’m a native Californian, but I grew up in the Middle East. My parents were in the military, so we moved quite a bit, but mainly around the Middle East.
Antonio: That’s really interesting. I spent some time in Jordan myself a few years ago doing research for my company. But I’ve lived in Los Angeles for over 10 years and consider it my adopted hometown.
Cora: Isn’t that funny? Even though I was born here, I only moved back here two months ago. I’m sure you know the city much better than I do.
Antonio: I’d be happy to show you around, to help you get reacquainted with L.A.
Cora: I was only eight years old when my family moved away, so I have a lot of catching up to do.
Antonio: Let’s start next weekend. I’ll show you some of the places where the locals like to hang out.
Cora: That sounds great. Is this how all Angelinos treat newcomers?
Antonio: Absolutely! I’m the city’s one-man welcome wagon.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #240 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, May 05, 2010Topics: DUIs and Mothers Against Drunk Drivers; Famous Americans: Martha Stewart; traffic versus transit; at all versus not at all; describing someone who works from home
Words:
influence
impaired
sobriety
penalty
to lobby
non-profit
fatality
business magnate
empire
homemaking
insider information
perfectionism
traffic
transit
at all
not at all
telecommuter
Download File - 15.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
578 - Eating a Home-Cooked Meal Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, May 03, 2010Eat some good food made by Chef Mom in this episode. It’s delicious!
Slow dialogue: 1:25
Explanations: 3:26
Fast dialogue: 16:36
Louise: What’s the matter with you?
Gil: I just got off the phone with my mom and she says they’re planning a welcome-home party for me next week – at a restaurant!
Louise: What’s wrong with that?
Gil: After living abroad for a year, I was really looking forward to a home-cooked meal.
Louise: Why didn’t you just tell your mother that?
Gil: I didn’t have the heart to do that. She was so excited about the party, and who am I to tell her she has to slave over a hot stove to cook me a lavish dinner?
Louise: I’m sure she wouldn’t mind. It’d be a labor of love.
Gil: You don’t know my mother. She doesn’t cut corners and makes everything from scratch. She uses these recipes that were passed down to her from her mother. She can make the most intricate dishes, but what I’m craving are the comfort foods she always made for us when we were kids. It makes my mouth water just thinking about her cooking.
Louise: After a year of living on instant noodles and take-out food, I’m not surprised you want something home-cooked. I tell you what. After the party, come over to my house and I’ll have a home-cooked meal ready for you.
Gil: You, cook for me? Thanks, but no thanks!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
577 - Magic and Illusions Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 30, 2010Let’s go to a magic show and talk about it in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:18
Explanations: 2:47
Fast dialogue: 13:18
Patricia: This is the best magic show I’ve ever seen. Have you ever seen so many amazing magic tricks in your life? They’re blowing my mind!
Sergio: They’re all just illusions. It’s nothing but smoke and mirrors.
Patricia: I don’t know how you can say that. We’ve seen some really impressive sleight of hand tricks and that escape artist seemed to do the impossible.
Sergio: Couldn’t you see that it was just misdirection? While you weren’t looking, the magician left through the trap door.
Patricia: Maybe that’s how that trick was done, but how do you explain the mind reader? How did he know what I was thinking if he couldn’t really read my mind?
Sergio: I’m sure any supernatural powers these magicians and entertainers claim to have have been debunked by somebody. Maybe he used the power of suggestion. Who knows?
Patricia: And maybe you’re just jaded.
Sergio: And maybe you’re the most gullible person who ever lived!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #239 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Apr 28, 2010Topics: The CIA; The Wizard of Oz; deliverable; stress versus pressure; “you had me at â€hello’”
Words:
intelligence
peacetime
secretive
speculation
espionage
covert
torture
regime change
wizard
tornado
scarecrow
plot
deliverable
stress
pressure
“you had me at â€hello’”
Download File - 14.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
576 - Using Unfair Influence Author: Center for Educational DevelopmAuthor: ent
Mon, Apr 26, 2010Corruption is a fact of life in some places. Learn about how to avoid it in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:26
Explanations: 3:30
Fast dialogue: 15:10
Josey: Hello, I’m Josey Kim.
Curt: Hi, I’m Curt West. Thanks for agreeing to meet with me.
Josey: You mentioned on the phone that you can help us get that government contract we’re bidding on, is that right?
Curt: Absolutely. I’m sure I can be of service to your company and secure that contract without too much difficulty.
Josey: I appreciate your confidence, but can you tell me more about how you plan to do that?
Curt: I think the less said the better. Let’s just say that I have friends in high places.
Josey: I’m not sure I understand you.
Curt: Come on, you know how business is done on Capitol Hill. If you line the right pockets, it’s not difficult to pull some strings to get what you want.
Josey: Are you suggesting that our company use bribery to get preferential treatment on our bid?
Curt: I’m simply saying that backroom deals are business as usual in the government.
Josey: If you’re suggesting that we hire you to do influence peddling, I can tell you now that we’re not interested. Corruption may be rampant in government, but we’re not willing to do anything unethical to get a contract.
Curt: Suit yourself, but without somebody like me doing your dirty work, there’s no way you’re going to win that contract.
Josey: That may be, Mr. West, but that’s a chance we’re willing to take.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
575 - Being an Early or Late Riser Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 23, 2010Do you get up early in the morning or do you prefer to stay up late at night? Learn how to talk about both in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:32
Explanations: 3:20
Fast dialogue: 15:21
Spiro: Hey, watch out!
Nancy: Oh, I’m sorry. I didn’t see you there. I thought I would be the only person up at the crack of dawn. What are you doing sitting on the stoop at this ungodly hour?
Spiro: I’m trying to turn over a new leaf.
Nancy: What do you mean?
Spiro: I’m in the habit of staying up until all hours of the night. I hardly ever get enough sleep and walk around all day sleep-deprived. I’m trying to see if I can make the switch from being a night owl to an early riser. I’m hoping the new hours will make me a changed man.
Nancy: That sounds very commendable, but that still doesn’t answer my question. What are you doing sitting out here?
Spiro: I’m waiting for the coffee shop to open.
Nancy: Can you eat breakfast this early in the morning?
Spiro: No, but I can drink coffee, lots and lots of coffee.
Nancy: You’ll definitely be the first one in line.
Spiro: I guess what they say is true: the early bird gets the worm.
Nancy: I don’t know about worms, but the early bird will definitely get the first dose of caffeine!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #238 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Apr 21, 2010Topics: Yosemite National Park; PETA and animal rights; to rebuild versus to reshape; to mind your P’s and Q’s; tag questions
Words:
national park
developed
valley
striking
cliff
animal rights
suffering
factory farm
tactic
fur
undercover
arson
to rebuild
to reshape
to mind your P’s and Q’s
tag questions
Download File - 14.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
574 - Shopping for Produce Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 19, 2010Eat healthy by getting lots of fruits and vegetables. Go shopping for produce in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:16
Explanations: 4:03
Fast dialogue: 19:28
On my way home from work, I stopped at the supermarket. My doctor has been telling me to eat more fresh fruits and vegetables, so I finally decided to follow her advice. I resolved to eat better, so I could feel better. I made a beeline for the produce department.
First, I looked at some bananas. Since they ripen off the vine, I picked out some that were already ripe and others that were still green. Next, I looked for some tomatoes.
They looked picked over, but then I saw some organic tomatoes and decided to give those a try. Then, I went to look for the spinach. I found it, but it didn’t look fresh at all. The leaves were brown and wilted. I decided to pass on the spinach and checked out the mushrooms. The mushrooms didn’t look any better. In fact, some were beginning to rot. I picked up some lettuce instead and headed for the checkout stand.
I was feeling pretty good about my new decision to eat better. But then, I passed the cookie aisle. My resolve weakened. I spotted my favorite type of cookies. Before I knew what I was doing, I’d put a bag of those cookies in my cart.
I know I should be able to resist impulse buys, especially of things I’m likely to eat all in one sitting, but don’t forget, I’m eating more fruits and vegetables. With my new healthy diet, aren’t I allowed to fall off the wagon now and then?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 10.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
573 - Discussing Social Class Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 16, 2010Every country has rich people and poor people. Learn how to talk about your family’s economic background in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:26
Explanations: 3:21
Fast dialogue: 18:55
Hector: Can you believe James? All evening, he tried to tell me how this country would be better if we had no social classes. He's out of his mind.
Sophia: He was just trying to get a rise out of you. We all know that the two of you don't see eye to eye.
Hector: He thinks that just because he comes from a working-class background, he can criticize anyone who is middle class or upper class. I just can't stand his holier-than-thou attitude.
Sophia: He knows you, and he knows which buttons to push to get you worked up. I don't think he was serious when he said he thought class warfare was a good idea.
Hector: Well, he was downright insulting. He talks as though we have no sense of social responsibility. We do our share for the poor. What more does he want from me?
Sophia: I think he has a chip on his shoulder, because his parents are blue collar and he now lives in a white-collar world. He feels he has to stand up for the marginalized people in our society.
Hector: Okay, but does that mean I have to allow him to insult me under my own roof?
Sophia: Of course not. Next week, we’re having dinner at their house.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #237 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Apr 14, 2010Topics: Famous Americans: Tyler Perry; NASA; to think on (one’s) feet; plural for iPod Touch and other proper nouns; recognition versus acknowledgement
Words:
musical
adapted
uninhibited
recurring
to cross-dress
no-nonsense
to be nominated
space
in orbit
shuttle
launch
unmanned
to think on (one’s) feet
recognition
acknowledgement
Download File - 14.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
572 - Blowing the Whistle at Work Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 12, 2010If you discover something illegal or unethical at your workplace, what should you do? Find out in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:48
Explanations: 3:35
Fast dialogue: 15:40
Becky: What are we going to do?
Saeed: I don't know. I need time to think about the ramifications of blowing the whistle.
Becky: There are no two ways about it. If we step up and do the right thing, we are putting our jobs on the line.
Saeed: But we can't keep quiet about this. If it gets out, and we knew about it all along, we’ll get in to even more trouble. And plus, think of how many people would be hurt if we kept our mouths shut. Could we live with that?
Becky: Maybe there is a way for us to protect our interests and still do the right thing. Maybe we could be anonymous whistleblowers.
Saeed: Don't count on being able to remain anonymous. When this thing blows up, we’ll be in knee-deep. There's only one thing to do.
Becky: What?
Saeed: I have to put my money where my mouth is and go public with what we know. I’ll just have to let the chips fall where they may.
Becky: Don’t be too hasty. Let's sleep on it and talk about it tomorrow.
Saeed: You can do that if you want to, but I've made up my mind. The question is: Are you with me?
Tarik: Are you okay?
Stacey: Yeah, I think so. I’m just a little shaken up, but look at my car!
Tarik: Mine is in pretty bad shape, too. Good thing, though, it wasn’t totaled.
Stacey: Okay, let’s exchange insurance information, so we can both get out of here.
Tarik: Right. I’ll put in a claim today and your insurance should pay to repair both of our cars.
Stacey: What? This accident wasn’t my fault. You crashed into me! You rear ended me!
Tarik: That’s only because you swerved in front of me and slammed on your brakes!
Stacey: I did no such thing. I changed lanes and you began tailgating me. That’s why you rear ended me. I’m not to blame here.
Tarik: That’s your account of what happened, and it doesn’t jibe with mine. I say we each call our respective insurance companies and let them battle it out.
Stacey: Fine. There’s no point in arguing with someone who won’t own up to his mistakes.
Tarik: Those are my thoughts exactly.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
571 - Assigning Blame in a Car Accident Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 09, 2010Be careful when you drive or you might get into an accident. Find out how to blame the other driver in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:25
Explanations: 3:04
Fast dialogue: 16:16
Tarik: Are you okay?
Stacey: Yeah, I think so. I’m just a little shaken up, but look at my car!
Tarik: Mine is in pretty bad shape, too. Good thing, though, it wasn’t totaled.
Stacey: Okay, let’s exchange insurance information, so we can both get out of here.
Tarik: Right. I’ll put in a claim today and your insurance should pay to repair both of our cars.
Stacey: What? This accident wasn’t my fault. You crashed into me! You rear ended me!
Tarik: That’s only because you swerved in front of me and slammed on your brakes!
Stacey: I did no such thing. I changed lanes and you began tailgating me. That’s why you rear ended me. I’m not to blame here.
Tarik: That’s your account of what happened, and it doesn’t jibe with mine. I say we each call our respective insurance companies and let them battle it out.
Stacey: Fine. There’s no point in arguing with someone who won’t own up to his mistakes.
Tarik: Those are my thoughts exactly.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #236 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Apr 07, 2010Topics: Ask an American: The Cherokee Language; regard versus consider; remember versus memorize; knock on wood
Words:
tense
tone
inflection
bits and pieces
from the heart
to provide for
trustworthy
foster
as if
to regard
to consider
to remember
to memorize
knock on wood
Download File - 15.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
570 - Guessing a Number Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Apr 05, 2010How many fish are in the ocean? Find out how to guess in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:19
Explanations: 3:08
Fast dialogue: 15:32
Angela: Hey, look at this. This restaurant is holding a contest. If you can guess the number of marbles in this bowl, you’ll get a free meal every day for one year!
Dwight: I’ll take a stab at it.
Angela: So will I. Let’s see, I think there must be close to 1,000 or 1,200 marbles in there. What are you doing?
Dwight: I’m doing some calculations in my head. The bowl is about 75 percent full, and it’s 15 inches by 12 inches by 6 inches (15”x12”x6”). The marbles are about 3/4 of an inch in diameter...
Angela: Are you actually trying to figure out the capacity by crunching the numbers? This is a game. You’re supposed to guess.
Dwight: I know it’s a game, but I want to increase my chances by making an educated guess. Hold on, I just need to do one more calculation and I’ll have the magic number.
Angela: That’s cheating.
Dwight: No way! I’m just using what God gave me to beat you out of a year’s worth of meals.
Angela: Bring it on. I’ll pit my random guess against your educated guess any day!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
569 - Traveling for Singles Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Apr 02, 2010Thinking of traveling? Explore the good and not so good things about taking a singles vacation in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:18
Explanations: 3:30
Fast dialogue: 18:44
Ray: I have a great idea for your next vacation. You should go on a singles cruise.
Samantha: I’m not going on a singles cruise. Everybody will be on the make.
Ray: That’s the point, isn’t it? You can take your pick of single guys. What could be better?
Samantha: I’m not interested in having a fling!
Ray: You’ll never meet anybody if you don’t get out there and mingle. Look, here’s a 10-day tour through Asia and the tour company will even match you with someone before the trip. You can use the time on the tour to get better acquainted.
Samantha: That sounds awful. What if I don’t like the person I’m matched with? I’m stuck with him for 10 days, and we’ll both be miserable.
Ray: Okay, here’s something you’ll like – a single’s adventure vacation. You can enjoy the great outdoors, while you get to know the single guys on the tour. The worst case scenario is that you don’t meet a guy you like. You’ll still have a great vacation. What do you have to lose?
Samantha: My peace of mind! Okay, you’re my brother, and you’re trying to look out for me, but leave me alone and stop trying to marry me off. I’m happy being single. Can’t you get that through your thick skull?
Ray: Sure, you’re happy. That’s why you’re always such a ray of sunshine!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #235 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 31, 2010Topics: Types of prisons and the parole system; American cities: Austin; using prepositions with the days of the week; for the world to owe (one) something; late/early morning, afternoon, and evening
Words:
prison
to pose a threat
solitary confinement
cell
incarceration
probation
overcrowded
parole
sentence
music venue
campus
bumper sticker
for the world to owe (one) something
Download File - 14.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
568 - Describing Brisk and Slow Business Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 29, 2010Learn how to talk about good and bad business climates in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:29
Explanations: 3:19
Fast dialogue: 16:42
Clint: Anya! Long time no see. Let me buy you a drink. I’m celebrating.
Anya: Oh, yeah? What’s the good news?
Clint: My company has had a banner month. Since we launched our new line of software, we’re having trouble keeping up with demand. Every product is flying off the shelves.
Anya: Wow, that’s great news. Everybody I talk to is singing a different tune. Foot traffic is down and business is slow – really slow.
Clint: That’s too bad. I thought that Yao’s company was doing brisk business. Six months ago, he was selling a line of cell phones that was all the rage, and customers were beating down his door to get one.
Anya: That was six months ago. It’s a different story now. Those cell phones are now considered passé, and he has inventory he can’t unload. You know how fickle the market is.
Clint: I’m sorry to hear that. How about you? How’s the travel business?
Anya: Why do you think I’m sitting here crying in my beer? Pull up a chair and I’ll tell you my sob story.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
567 - Visiting a Patient in the Hospital Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 26, 2010Learn how to talk about visiting someone in the hospital in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:25
Explanations: 3:03
Fast dialogue: 13:02
George: You’re just in time. There’s only another 20 minutes until the end of visiting hours.
Inez: I got here as soon as I could. How is Uncle Peter?
George: They moved him from the emergency ward to the intensive care unit. He’s on life support.
Inez: How could this have happened? How could somebody in the prime of his life collapse suddenly like that?
George: They’ve been running tests all day, and the doctor is supposed to come by after her rounds to talk to us. Hopefully, we’ll get some answers then, and she’ll give us an update on Uncle Peter’s condition. Come on, I’ll take you to the ICU.
Inez: Okay, but I really dread seeing him on a respirator and hooked up to monitors.
George: This is it, room 323.
Inez: Oh, look at him. What are all of these IV drips for? He looks so lifeless in that hospital bed. Is he under sedation?
George: Yeah, I think so. We’ll know more when the doctor gets here. Oh, here she is.
Inez: Let’s hope she has some answers for us.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #234 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 24, 2010Topics: Classic game shows; the sister cities program; beyond a reasonable doubt; infinite versus permanent versus eternal; forward versus forwards
Words:
game show
classic
on the air
to make a comeback
contestant
showcase
deal
newlywed
to make whoopee
sister city
ties
waste
beyond a reasonable doubt
infinite
permanent
eternal
forward / forwards
Download File - 13.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
566 - Having a Wild Party Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 22, 2010Where’s the best place to have a wild party? At someone else’s house, as you’ll learn in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:11
Explanations: 3:05
Fast dialogue: 16:15
Paula: Okay, let’s get this party started!
Mitch: I really don’t think having a party is such a good idea. We’re supposed to be house-sitting, and I’m sure the Abrahams wouldn’t want their house used for a big blowout.
Paula: Ignorance is bliss. They’ll never know. Stop being such a goody two-shoes and help me set up.
Mitch: What if something gets broken or damaged? Things usually get out of hand when people start pounding back a few.
Paula: What do you think I’m doing? I’m moving the breakables to the other room. Nothing will happen.
Mitch: How can you say that? At Kyle’s party last month, two guys got into it and ended up trashing his parents’ house!
Paula: That’s because they didn’t have Babbit.
Mitch: What’s a Babbit?
Paula: Babbit is the name of an old high school friend of mine and he’s tough as nails. He’ll be here to bust heads and to keep everybody in line. Trust me. Nothing bad will happen with Babbit playing bouncer. Where are you going?
Mitch: I’m getting out while I can. This is a disaster waiting to happen.
Paula: You’re not staying for the party? You’re leaving?
Mitch: Wouldn’t you, if you were on the Titanic?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
565 - Dating a Friend’s Ex Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 19, 2010What happens when a woman dates her best friend’s ex-boyfriend? You’ll want to find out by listening to this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:26
Explanations: 3:31
Fast dialogue: 20:02
Fareed: Where are you going?
Amber: I’m going to meet Peter.
Fareed: When are you going to tell Lily?
Amber: Tell her what?
Fareed: You know what – that you’re dating her ex. She’s not going to take it well.
Amber: I don’t know why she would object. They broke up over a year ago and they’ve both moved on.
Fareed: Peter has moved on, but Lily still has a thing for him. You know that as well as I do.
Amber: She never said that he was off-limits. It’s not like we’re sneaking around behind her back.
Fareed: Aren’t you? She’s one of your best friends and you haven’t clued her in on the two of you yet. If you don’t tell her soon, when she finds out, all hell is going to break loose.
Amber: That’s not fair. If there were a statute of limitations on ex-boyfriends, then we’re well past that. He’s fair game.
Fareed: That’s not how she’s going to see it. If you ask me, you have two options: break it off with Peter or tell Lily now, before she finds out from someone else. Tell her the truth and let the chips fall where they may.
Amber: That’s easy for you to say. You’re not facing Lily’s wrath. I think I’ll keep this under wraps for now, thank you very much.
Fareed: Fine, but it’s your funeral.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 10.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #233 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 17, 2010Topics: Apollo Theater; Famous Americans: Susan B. Anthony; to talk down to; to bail on; had better versus would rather
Words:
talent
to make (one’s) debut
jazz legend
to bill (oneself)
executioner
to revive
landmark status
to play a pivotal role
suffrage
wage equality
temperance movement
to advocate
to talk down to
to bail on
had better
would rather
Download File - 13.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
564 - Working in a Laboratory Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 15, 2010A laboratory is no place for a young child. Learn why in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:17
Explanations: 3:00
Fast dialogue: 17:20
I was working in the lab, as usual, when my colleague brought his three-year-old son into work.
...
Tony: Hi, Gale. This is my son, Philippe. There was a problem with his daycare today, so he’ll be spending the day here with me. I’ll teach him all about doing research.
Gale: I’m not sure this is a good place for a toddler. Should he be playing with the microscope like that?
Tony: Oh, he’ll be fine. I’ll just keep the beakers and test tubes out of his reach and he’ll be all right.
Gale: Whoa, he almost tipped over that tray of Petri dishes. I’m using those for the experiment I’m running, and there are some pretty dangerous chemicals in them.
Tony: Good thing you saw him before he could do any real damage. I think he just wants to help, right? You just want to collect some data for Gale, right?
Gale: Don’t look now but he’s emptying those solutions into the pockets of your lab coat.
Tony: Oh, you silly goose! You’re just trying to make work more fun and interesting for us, aren’t you?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
563 - Reducing Household Expenses Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 12, 2010Financial planning can be painful but necessary. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:25
Explanations: 3:30
Fast dialogue: 15:16
Roland: If we want to save enough money to buy a house, we need to get serious about our finances and do some financial planning. I think the first step is to create a household budget.
Ginger: Okay by me. You know that I’m all about the bottom line.
Roland: Yeah, right. I think we have a pretty good idea of our spending patterns, so it shouldn’t be too hard to come up with a budget that we can both live with.
Ginger: Right.
Roland: Okay, one thing we need to keep in mind is that we tend to underestimate our monthly expenses. If you look at our discretionary spending on this spreadsheet I created, you’ll be surprised at how much money we spend on nonessentials.
Ginger: Okay, I can cut back on nonessentials.
Roland: You can?
Ginger: Sure, instead of getting my nails done every week, I’ll get them done only three times a month.
Roland: Well, that’s a start…
Ginger: And instead of buying a new 60-inch TV, we can get a 52-inch one instead. That should save us a lot of money.
Roland: I think you need to do the math. If we don’t cut back much more drastically, we’ll be ready for retirement by the time we can afford a house!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #232 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 10, 2010Topics: The Godfather; Graceland and Elvis; to hinder versus to hamper versus to impede; the hunt is on; quick and dirty tips
Words:
godparent
mafia
bribery
corruption
brutal
to legitimize
stillborn
sideburns
the rest is history
mansion
recording studio
artifact
to hinder
to hamper
to impede
the hunt is on
quick and dirty tips
Download File - 13.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
562 - Buying Fake Products Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 08, 2010Be careful when you buy things that you are actually getting what you think you’re getting. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:22
Explanations: 2:53
Fast dialogue: 15:28
Lindsay: Look at this designer bag I bought. It was such a steal!
Rafael: Let me see that. You do know that this is an imitation, not the real thing, right?
Lindsay: What do you mean? Of course it’s real.
Rafael: Where did you buy it?
Lindsay: Well, there was a guy on the street selling all of these genuine designer bags. He said he got them straight from the factory, and that’s why he could sell them at such a markdown.
Rafael: The reason he could sell it dirt cheap is because this is a knockoff. I know you’re a sucker for a bargain, but I can’t believe you fell for his line.
Lindsay: How do you know this is a knockoff? Are you an expert on women’s handbags? I still think this is real, and I’m sure I didn’t get ripped off.
Rafael: Whatever you say. As they say, there’s a sucker born every minute!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
561 - Being Forgetful Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Mar 05, 2010I would tell you what this episode is about, but I forgot. Learn more about being forgetful in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:13
Explanations: 3:16
Fast dialogue: 15:25
Charlize: You won’t forget that we’re going over to the Wong’s for dinner tomorrow night, will you?
Pete: It’s etched in my brain. I won’t forget.
Charlize: It slipped your mind last week that we were meeting Donna at the movies, remember?
Pete: I was preoccupied last week, but I won’t forget about tomorrow night.
Charlize: I’m reminding you because the week before that, you forgot to cash that check at the bank. Remember that?
Pete: I didn’t forget. I was just a little wrapped up in work that week. I’m not usually absentminded, you know.
Charlize: Right. Do you want me to send you an email tomorrow morning to jog your memory?
Pete: That won’t be necessary. I have the day, time, and even their address committed to memory. Do you want to test me?
Charlize: No, I don’t, but I just want to make sure we don’t have a repeat of what happened last month. You were supposed to meet me at the Donnelly’s at 8:00 and you never showed up. Remember that?
Pete: No, I don’t. I have amnesia. I won’t remember any other incident you want to throw in my face. I thought last week you said you would stop giving me a hard time about my bad memory. Remember that?
Charlize: Uh, no, I don’t.
Pete: I guess I’m not the only one who’s scatterbrained!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #231 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Mar 03, 2010Topics: Ask an American: social media and job searches; go ahead, make my day; years old versus year old
Words:
to scratch the surface
there’s no telling
wild, wild west
tremendous
social media
to enhance
credibility
thought leadership
buddy
to dictate
to come back
permanency
immediacy
Go ahead, make my day
years old
year old
Download File - 14.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
560 - Learning Work Rules and Routines Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Mar 01, 2010Sometimes our jobs don’t give us much independence, but require following the rules exactly. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:27
Explanations: 3:30
Fast dialogue: 16:53
I was happy to finally get a job, but I wasn’t ready for a first day of work like this one.
...
Boss: This is your first day and my job is to give you the rundown on how we do things around here. This is a well-oiled machine. Everybody has to pull his or her weight, or things don’t run smoothly. Got that?
Olivia: Yes, I do. I’m here to learn and to get up to speed as quickly as possible.
Boss: Good. I expect you to know the drill and be able to fall in line by the end of the week.
Olivia: I will do my very best.
Boss: We don’t like surprises around here, so we’ve built our workday around a lot of routines that every employee follows. We expect people to arrive at 8:30 on the nose. That’s our start time and there is no leeway whatsoever. If you’re habitually late, you’re out. Got that?
Olivia: Got it.
Boss: We’re no run-of-the-mill company. We have a tried and true system here and we expect all of our employees to follow lockstep. Got that?
Olivia: Yes, sir.
...
I needed a job, but when I was offered this one, I didn’t know what I was letting myself in for. I didn’t have a new boss. I had a drill sergeant!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
559 - Ending a Restaurant Meal Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 26, 2010Learn how to end your meal in a restaurant in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:20
Explanations: 3:20
Fast dialogue: 15:11
Server: Can I clear these plates and get them out of your way?
Alvin: Sure, we’re all done. Can I get the rest of that in a doggie bag?
Server: No problem. I’ll wrap it up for you. Is there anything else I can get you? Did you leave room for dessert? How about some coffee or tea?
Alvin: No, I’m stuffed. Just the check for me, thanks.
Server: Sure, coming right up.
...
Server: Here’s your check. I’ll take that when you’re ready.
Alvin: Do you accept personal checks?
Server: No, I’m afraid we don’t.
Alvin: How about credit cards?
Server: Yes, we do accept credit cards.
Alvin: Here’s my Discover card.
Server: Oh, we don’t accept that one.
Alvin: Okay, here’s my American Express.
Server: Sorry, but we don’t take that one either. We only accept Visa or MasterCard.
Alvin: I don’t have a Visa or MasterCard.
Server: We also accept cash, of course.
Alvin: I don’t have any cash on me. Is there an ATM nearby?
Server: There’s one about three blocks away, but you’ll need to leave something with us so we know you’re not running out on the check.
Alvin: How about my doggie bag?
Server: How about your cell phone or your driver’s license?
Alvin: Okay, here’s my cell phone. I’ll be back ASAP.
Server: No rush. I’ll be right here making a few calls to Bora Bora.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #230 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 24, 2010Topics: Woodstock; Walter Reed Army Medical Center; a lot versus a load of; indicate versus signify; Hispanic versus Spanish
Words:
to be billed as
concert-goer
hippy
mud
bell-bottoms
documentary
flagship
veteran
wounded
in battle
rehabilitation
neglect
a lot
a load
to indicate
to signify
Hispanic
Spanish
Download File - 14.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
558 - Being a Strict Parent Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Feb 22, 2010Your mother is telling you to be quiet and listen to this episode about parental discipline, so listen up!
Slow dialogue: 1:25
Explanations: 3:39
Fast dialogue: 18:03
Allison: I’m almost ready for my granddaughter’s visit. She’ll be here tomorrow and I want everything to be perfect.
Ola: What do you have planned?
Allison: I’m going to spoil her rotten. My daughter is very strict and doesn’t allow her to do anything that a normal 10-year-old wants to do.
Ola: Like what?
Allison: Well, her time is very structured and regimented. She’s never allowed any time for just frivolous fun.
Ola: And you’re taking off the shackles.
Allison: That’s right. She can play as much as she wants to for the next week. I don’t want her to miss out on any experiences just because her mother is overprotective. There will be no curfews and no time schedules.
Ola: Are you sure that’s a good idea? I’m sure your daughter has instructions about how your granddaughter should behave and the punishments she should get if she misbehaves.
Allison: You’re right about that. I’m expecting a long list of rules for my granddaughter while she’s here, but she shouldn’t expect me to toe the line. I’m the grandmother after all, so I have special privileges. Nobody tells me what to do with my own granddaughter.
Ola: How did a free spirit like you end up with a daughter who is so uptight?
Allison: Beats me.
Ola: She’s not going to thank you for spoiling her daughter, you know.
Allison: I know, but I’m her mother and there’s still a thing or two I can teach her about raising a daughter!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
557 - Applying for a Passport Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 19, 2010Getting a passport is more work than you think. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:14
Explanations: 3:15
Fast dialogue: 16:45
Clerk: Yes, can I help you?
Orlando: I want to get a passport.
Clerk: Have you filled out the application?
Orlando: No, I haven’t.
Clerk: Come back when you’ve filled it out.
Orlando: Okay, I’ve completed the application.
Clerk: Let me see it. You need to fill in your Social Security number here and you need to provide evidence of your citizenship. Have you ever had a passport before?
Orlando: No, I haven’t.
Clerk: In that case, you’ll need to submit a copy of your birth certificate, or if you were born outside of the country, a copy of your Naturalization Certificate or a Consular Report of Birth Abroad.
Orlando: I don’t have those documents with me.
Clerk: Come back when you do.
Orlando: Okay, I’m back. I have a copy of my birth certificate.
Clerk: All right. Let me see some identification.
Orlando: Identification?
Clerk: Yes, I need to see a valid driver’s license, a government ID, or a military ID.
Orlando: I’ll be right back.
Clerk: Yes?
Orlando: Here’s my military ID.
Clerk: Where are you passport photos?
Orlando: Passport photos?
Clerk: Yes, you need two identical passport photos.
Orlando: I’ll be right back.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #229 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 17, 2010Topics: American Cities: Milwaukee; Neighborhood Watch/Citizen’s Arrest; to look versus to look like; not by the hair of my chinny-chin-chin; pretty + (adjective)
Words:
brewery
on the shores of
waterway
per-capita
violent
crime
suspicious
to intervene
citizen’s arrest
felony
sign
to deter
to look
to look like
not by the hair of my chinny-chin-chin
pretty
Download File - 13.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
556 - Scheduling an Appointment Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Feb 15, 2010You don’t need to make an appointment to listen to this episode, which tells you how to make an appointment in English.
Slow dialogue: 1:25
Explanations: 3:33
Fast dialogue: 15:45
Ann: Hello.
Serge: Hi, Ann. It’s Serge. I’m calling to make an appointment for LeeAnn. She wants to meet with Miles next week sometime.
Ann: Let me take a look at his appointment schedule. Let’s see, can LeeAnn be here on Tuesday at 2:00?
Serge: No, she’s tied up all Tuesday afternoon, but I could shuffle around some of her commitments to free her up on Tuesday morning, if that helps.
Ann: Unfortunately, Tuesday morning is out. I could bump someone on Wednesday afternoon at 3:00. Can LeeAnn be here at that time?
Serge: She has an appointment at 2:30 in this office, but it shouldn’t last more than a half hour. She should be able to make it by 3:00 if she’s not running late. Better yet, I may be able to finagle something, maybe push back that appointment until she gets back to the office. Why don’t you pencil her in for now?
Ann: Okay, I’ll do that, but can you confirm with me by Monday?
Serge: Sure, I’ll give you a heads up no later than noon on Monday if I can’t push back her other appointment.
Ann: Okay, sounds good. Tell me, do you ever feel like we’re spinning our wheels, spending our days making, changing, and canceling appointments?
Serge: Yeah, every single day!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
555 - Lying and Telling the Truth Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 12, 2010This episode is about how to win a million dollars. Would I lie to you?
Slow dialogue: 1:19
Explanations: 2:50
Fast dialogue: 14:22
Elizabeth: You’re full of it!
Leo: I’m telling you the God’s honest truth. Why would I eat the last piece of cake when I know that you had your heart set on it?
Elizabeth: That’s the question, isn’t it? Why would you go behind my back and eat it, and then try to put one over on me?
Leo: Would I be able to look you in the eye if I were lying? Look at me. I’m the picture of Honest Abe.
Elizabeth: Do you expect me to believe that?
Leo: There’s not a dishonest bone in my body. I may tell a white lie here and there, but I would never try to tell you a bald-faced lie like this.
Elizabeth: Oh, really? Do you swear?
Leo: I swear that I didn’t eat the last piece of cake.
Elizabeth: There’s something fishy about the way you said that.
Leo: I don’t know what you mean.
Elizabeth: You didn’t eat the last piece of cake, but you know who did.
Leo: I’m pleading the Fifth.
Elizabeth: Spill it, Abe!
Leo: Not on your life!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #228 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 10, 2010Topics: Patriotic songs; Carnegie Hall; grande versus venti (at Starbucks); troop versus troops; (something) is ghostwritten
Words:
patriotic
to bless
prayer
national anthem
prairie
foam
ocean current
hall
to seat
acoustics
to be lined with
to be engaged in
grande
venti
troop
troops
ghostwritten
Download File - 14.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
554 - An Emergency Airplane Landing Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Feb 08, 2010Bad news: There may be a plane crash in this episode. Worse news: You’ll be able to understand what’s going to happen after listening to it.
Slow dialogue: 1:10
Explanations: 3:18
Fast dialogue: 16:22
I was nearly asleep in my seat when I heard this announcement:
“Folks, this is the captain speaking from the cockpit. We are experiencing a lot of turbulence and I’m turning on the fasten seatbelt sign. Please remain in your seats.”
I didn’t think anything of it until a few minutes later when I heard this announcement:
“This is your captain speaking again. Due to extreme weather conditions, we may need to make an emergency landing. The cabin crew will review the emergency procedures, and give you instructions on how to use the floatation devices and the oxygen masks. Please stay calm.”
This is when I started to freak out. What if we crash-land? What if we dive into the ocean? Who would rescue us here in the middle of nowhere?
Then, I heard this announcement:
“Ladies and gentlemen, this is the captain again. It seems that we had an instrument malfunction, and no emergency landing will be necessary. Sorry to alarm you, and please go back to sleep.”
Go back to sleep?! Is he kidding? How can anyone sleep after that?! I’m still watching my life flash before my eyes!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.4 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
553 - A Homeowners’ Association Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Feb 05, 2010Being the leader of a homeowners’ association can result in a lot of headaches. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialog: 1:19
Explanations: 2:33
Fast dialog: 14:19
Cuca: What possessed you to agree to become the head of the homeowners’ association?
Emiliano: I’m just tired of all of the waste and not having a say. Our dues keep going up and there seems to be special assessments every year. I’m not even sure the association is following the bylaws anymore. I just felt I had to step up.
Cuca: That’s really admirable, but I hope you know what you’re getting into. There’s been a lot of mismanagement, and you’ll have to do battle with some entrenched members. They’re not going to look kindly on the tough questions you’ll be asking.
Emiliano: Believe me, I’m not looking forward to it, but it’s got to be done.
Cuca: Talk about a thankless job.
Emiliano: Don’t I know it. I guess I’m just a glutton for punishment!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.2 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #227 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Feb 03, 2010Topics: Vampires; The Second City (comedy group); to sway versus to persuade versus to convince; get a life!; to ramp up
Words:
vampire
to suck
stake
genre
trilogy
to be torn between
to slay
craze
to crave
improv
to rehearse
scripted
to sway
to persuade
to convince
get a life!
to ramp up
Download File - 11.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
552 - Reviewing Job Applications Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Feb 01, 2010Get off your couch and get a job! Learn about how employers review job applications in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:33
Explanations: 3:08
Fast dialogue: 14:56
Missy: Okay, let’s sort this stack of applications into three piles: good candidates, those worth a second look, and definite “no’s.”
Jonathan: Well, that didn’t take long. With this poor economy, I thought we’d get an embarrassment of riches, but these applications are pretty pathetic. I only see two of these people as employee material.
Missy: Yeah, well, it might have something to do with the salary we’re offering. Not everybody is willing to work for peanuts.
Jonathan: Isn’t that the truth! Some of these applicants have never held down a job before and don’t have a single reference. These others don’t seem to be able to hold on to a job, job-hopping every few months.
Missy: Well, at least we have these two standouts. They both have the right educational background and level of experience. Should we call them in for interviews?
Jonathan: Yeah, and I hope they haven’t already been snatched up by another company.
Missy: You and me, both.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
551 - Scheduling a Medical Appointment Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 29, 2010Learn how to make an appointment to see the doctor in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:36
Explanations: 3:57
Fast dialogue: 15:33
I needed to make an appointment with a doctor so I called my health plan’s phone number for new patients. Before I could schedule my appointment, I had to listen to several recorded messages to be routed to the right medical office. The recording said to stay on the line for assistance.
Clerk: Hello, Western Medical Group.
Damien: Hello, I’d like to make an appointment with Dr. Gupta.
Clerk: Are you a new patient or a returning patient?
Damien: I’m a new patient.
Clerk: Who referred you to Dr. Gupta?
Damien: No one. One of the health benefits of my plan is that I can self-refer to some specialists.
Clerk: What is the name of your plan and your medical record number?
Damien: It’s Waiser and my medical record number is 23456789.
Clerk: It looks like Dr. Gupta is booked up for the next three weeks. She has an opening on March 2nd, at 4:30 p.m.
Damien: I was hoping to get an early morning appointment.
Clerk: The next morning appointment won’t be until March 18th, at 11:00. You’ll need to check in at 10:45 to fill out paperwork. Should I put you down for that?
Damien: Is it possible to get an even earlier appointment?
Clerk: Dr. Gupta doesn’t begin seeing patients until 10:30.
Damien: 10:30? Isn’t that pretty late?
Clerk: Dr. Gupta likes to play golf in the mornings.
Damien: Why do you think I want an early morning appointment? Doesn’t she know that some of her patients prefer late-morning golf?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.1 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #226 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 27, 2010Topics: Ask an American: The meaning of work; apart from versus in terms of; off the cuff; also versus as well
Words:
to earn a living
to come down to
paycheck
hustle
greatly
debt
to pay off
chain
defined
imaginative
apart from
in terms of
off the cuff
also
as well
Download File - 13.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
550 - Differences in Male and Female Friendships Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 25, 2010Men and women differ in many ways, including in their friendships. Learn more in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:22
Explanations: 3:41
Fast dialogue: 17:00
Lauren: Did you see what Stephanie was wearing? She looked like a wet dog!
Quentin: Why do women do that?
Lauren: Do what?
Quentin: Why do women put other women down? Is it to make themselves feel superior?
Lauren: It was only a joke. I didn’t mean anything by it.
Quentin: Do you really think she would find it funny if she had heard you?
Lauren: What about you men? You guys are always bantering and trying to one-up each other. Aren’t you guys trying to see who’s superior and who’s inferior?
Quentin: Women are catty and talk behind each other’s backs. We men make fun of each other in a good-natured way while we’re together. That’s the difference: You women are laughing at each other and we men are laughing with each other.
Lauren: Oh yeah? Was Tim laughing with you guys when you threw him into the lake last weekend?
Quentin: That was very funny, and yes, he thought it was funny, too. What you women don’t understand is that we give as good as we get. Next time, Tim will play a trick on someone else.
Lauren: So it’s a vicious cycle of pranks.
Quentin: Yeah, you could say that. That’s how men bond. That’s something you women don’t seem to understand.
Lauren: We understand, all right. You take turns torturing each other and call it male bonding.
Quentin: See what I mean? You women stick to your ways and we’ll stick to ours.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
549 - Using a Camera Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 22, 2010Not familiar with the new digital cameras? Learn all about them in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:17
Explanations: 2:49
Fast dialogue: 12:32
Ingrid: I don’t mind lending you my camera for the trip, but first, let me show you how to use it.
Deng: No need to do that. I took a photography class in high school, and I pretty much know all there is to know about taking pictures.
Ingrid: Wasn’t that a long time ago? This is a digital camera with some new features. For instance, this camera has auto zoom, image stabilization, and a memory card.
Deng: It can’t be that different from the camera I used 15 years ago. This looks like a point-and-shoot. You look through the viewer and push the button, right?
Ingrid: Well, not quite. You can adjust the flash and shutter speed, see? You can also attach a lens for wide-angle or close-up shots. You can even review your photos, saving the ones you like or deleting the ones you don’t want anymore.
Deng: Okay, I got it. By the way you’re talking, you’d think I was born yesterday. Just show me where to load the film!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 6.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #225 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 20, 2010Topics: Gay Rights Issues: Gay Marriage and “"Don't Ask, Don't Tell”"; Famous Americans: Oprah Winfrey; sneak preview; instead of versus rather than; a lot versus lots
Words:
gay
rights
spouse
civil union
to object
military
sexual orientation
media personality
talk show
influential
to endorse
philanthropic
sneak preview
instead of
rather than
lots / a lot
Download File - 11.6 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
548 - Working for an Impossible Boss Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 18, 2010Is your boss impossible to work with? I know mine is. Learn how to fight back in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:46
Explanations: 3:55
Fast dialogue: 18:09
Mr. Mann: Why are all these people milling around doing no work? Laura! You’re in charge when I’m out of the office and you’re incompetent!
Laura: Mr. Mann, we need to talk in private. Let’s go into your office.
Mr. Mann: What is this about?
Laura: Mr. Mann, I’ve tried to do my job the best I can, but I won’t tolerate your verbal abuse any longer.
Mr. Mann: Verbal abuse?! I’m just telling it like it is. It’s my…it’s my…management style. This is business. If you can’t take the heat, get out of the kitchen.
Laura: If I thought this was about my performance, I would certainly take any constructive criticism, but this is really about your inappropriate behavior.
Mr. Mann: What inappropriate behavior? You’re questioning my behavior?
Laura: Yes, I’ve held my tongue long enough. Every day, you come back to the office tipsy from a three-martini lunch, and you go off on me in front of the other employees. That undermines my authority and puts me in an impossible position.
Mr. Mann: I’m your boss and you have no right to question the way I run this house…I mean, department.
Laura: With all due respect, this is no way to run a department.
Mr. Mann: And how dare you suggest that I’m drunk? You don’t know who you’re dealing with.
Laura: Oh, yes I do. You’re my ex-boss. I’ve had enough. I quit!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
547 - Shopping for a Hat Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 15, 2010Learn about buying a hat in English in this episode.
Slow dialogue: 1:20
Explanations: 3:15
Fast dialogue: 16:16
Christine: What do you think of this one?
Eric: We’re here to buy hats to protect us from the sun while we’re on vacation. Do you think a beret will do that?
Christine: No, but it looks great on me, don’t you think? Isn’t it great to be getting away to the beach in the middle of winter! I already picked out a straw hat with a wide, floppy brim, so I’m all set for the trip.
Eric: In that case, help me pick one out. How about this baseball cap?
Christine: Well, the brim gives your face plenty of shade, but it leaves the back of your head exposed. How about this helmet?
Eric: Very funny. Do you want me to suffocate in this thing? Okay, hand me that cowboy hat.
Christine: That looks cute on you, but it’s huge and it’s going to get squished in the luggage. Hey, try these two hats on!
Eric: Stop messing around. I don’t need a top hat, and that one looks like a bonnet!
Christine: Okay, okay, how about this straw hat? Like mine, it’s soft enough to travel in a suitcase.
Eric: Hey, this one isn’t bad. How do I look?
Christine: Just like the tourist that you are, but that makes two of us.
Eric: I couldn’t care less. I don’t care if I look cool on vacation as long as I am cool!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #224 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 13, 2010Topics: Hip Hop Culture; The New York Stock Exchange; effectiveness versus efficiency; jilted; hence versus thus
Words:
hip hop
DJ
to rap
graffiti
breakdancing / breaking
oppressive
stock exchange
stock
trading floor
NYSE Composite Index
base value
panic
effectiveness
efficiency
jilted
hence
thus
Download File - 12.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
546 - Having an Open House Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 11, 2010Slow dialogue: 1:43
Explanations: 4:07
Fast dialogue: 18:39
Kyoko: We’re not supposed to be here. I think we should leave and let our real estate agent hold the open house without us looking over her shoulder.
Ernie: We’re not looking over her shoulder. I just want to sit in this car to see how many people go in and out.
Kyoko: You know, there’ll be a lot of lookie-loos. And plus, there’ll be a sign-in sheet, so we’ll be able to see afterwards how many people stopped in.
Ernie: Hey, someone’s coming in now.
Kyoko: That’s the stager. She’s making some last-minute changes.
Ernie: She really doesn’t need to do anything else. We did everything our agent told us to do. We made cosmetic repairs, painted, and de-cluttered. What more could they ask for?
Kyoko: She’s just doing some minor landscaping, putting some plants along the front path and around the front door. Let’s get out of here before people start showing up. I don’t want to seem like I’m spying on my own house.
Ernie: What does it matter? Hand me the fact sheet for our house. I want to read it through again to make sure the agent didn’t miss anything. Okay, the square footage on the house and the lot are correct, she noted that our addition is permitted, and she mentioned the upgrades – good. Where are you going?
Kyoko: I’m not going to sit in this car for the next four hours. Let’s go to visit our neighbors’ open houses.
Ernie: Good idea. We’ll see what our competition is and maybe we can steal some of their open house ideas!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 9.5 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
545 - Getting Around Without a Car Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 08, 2010Slow dialogue: 1:30
Explanations: 3:17
Fast dialogue: 15:28
Caitland: How are you planning on getting to school and to your job without a car?
Bruno: I’ve got it covered. I have my skateboard.
Caitland: Your skateboard won’t be any use on those dirt roads.
Bruno: No big thing. I’ll just take my bike.
Caitland: Your bike was stolen, along with your rollerblades, remember?
Bruno: Oh, yeah. Maybe I’ll save up and buy a Segway.
Caitland: Those things are really expensive. What’ll you do in the meantime?
Bruno: Maybe I’ll take the bus. Worst case scenario, I give myself more time and I walk. Why are you so interested in how I’m going to commute? Fess up.
Caitland: I care about your well-being, that’s all.
Bruno: Oh, yeah? I don’t buy it. There’s got to be an ulterior motive.
Caitland: Well, I do have an old scooter that would be just what you need to get back and forth from school and work. It uses very little gas and I’ll let you have it for next to nothing.
Bruno: I knew it. You’re trying to pawn off that old scooter on me. Forget it!
Caitland: I’m just looking out for your best interest, that’s all.
Bruno: Isn’t that what all con artists say?
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.9 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #223 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Jan 06, 2010Topics: Social networking; government-run lotteries; the use of “on” with the days of the week; to travel in/by; individual versus personal
Words:
social networking
application
post
to keep in touch
privacy
discreet
lottery
scratcher / scratch-it ticket / scratch card
chance
jackpot
lump sum
annuity
to travel by/in
individual
personal
Download File - 13.8 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
544 - Working from a Home Office Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Jan 04, 2010Slow dialogue: 1:20
Explanations: 3:27
Fast dialogue: 13:58
Adrina: So this is your new home office. It’s nice.
Victor: It’s functional, and I like it. When my company decided to lower its overhead by decentralizing, it gave employees the option to work from home. When I heard that, I didn’t think twice about making the change.
Adrina: I’m not surprised. Lots of people would kill to work from home. Did you have to get dedicated phone and fax lines?
Victor: No, I already have a company cell phone, and I mainly use email to communicate with the office.
Adrina: I assume you get to set your own schedule. Do you find it hard to concentrate on your work? I know I’d be distracted all the time if I had a home office.
Victor: It’s true that there are a lot more distractions at home, but I try to block them out. For me, it’s not getting down to work that’s a problem, it’s getting myself to stop thinking about work all the time! That’s one of the drawbacks of working where you live. I’m more productive, but I’m also more work-centered.
Adrina: I can see that, though I’d still take working from home over working at the office any day.
Victor: I thought you had a home office for your real estate business.
Adrina: I do, but it’s not very conducive to getting any work done.
Victor: Why’s that?
Adrina: My home office doubles as the guestroom and the kids’ playroom!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
543 - Describing Different Smells Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Jan 01, 2010Slow dialogue: 1:12
Explanations: 3:05
Fast dialogue: 14:52
Giles: Do you really think we’ll be able to renovate this place and turn it into a restaurant?
Julia: It’s not so bad. I know it smells a little stale and musty in here, but all we need to do is air it out.
Giles: Air it out? This place needs a lot more than an airing out. The kitchen smells putrid. I wonder what died in there.
Julia: There is a faint smell of something nasty in there, but I don’t think it permeates through the rest of the building, do you?
Giles: No, but there are different nasty smells in other parts of the building. Oh! There’s a really strong burnt, smoky smell in this corner. Hold your breath!
Julia: This is a restaurant. I’m sure a thorough cleaning will make all the difference.
Giles: That might be true for the kitchen, but what will you do in the dining room? An entire truckload of scented candles or bottles of perfume couldn’t mask those foul smells. This place just stinks, from top to bottom!
Julia: All right, I’ll look for another building, but this place is cheap and within our budget.
Giles: Yes, but if I had to work here, I’d first have to lose my sense of smell!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #222 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Dec 30, 2009Topics: The Mormon/LDS Church; school lunches; using “in” or “on” with body parts; fall off versus fall down; a dollar down and a dollar a week
Words:
denomination
angel
revelation
polygamy
mob
to distance (oneself) from
afterlife
tithe
missionary
to go hungry
surplus
corndog
to punch
to smack
to touch
to tap
to fall off
to fall down
a dollar down and a dollar a week
Download File - 15.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
542 - Renting a Movie Author: Center for Educational Development
Mon, Dec 28, 2009Slow dialogue: 1:18
Explanations: 3:26
Fast dialogue: 16:12
Brenda: I have to return these movies in the drop box today or I’ll have late fees. Can I get you anything while I’m out?
Jang: Are you still renting movies from the video store? I use a service that delivers the movies to my mailbox. There are never any late fees.
Brenda: I’ve thought about subscribing to one of those services, but I think I would really miss browsing at the video store. I like checking out the new releases and staff picks, and you never know what you’ll find to buy in the bargain bins.
Jang: Renting movies online is so much quicker and easier. I can browse the titles quickly, read the descriptions, read reviews, and sometimes even watch a trailer. Then, all I need to do is put the movie in my queue, and as soon as I mail one movie back, they send me another one. It’s that simple.
Brenda: It does sound easy, but not everything that’s easy is better. Some of us like to take our time to make our selections.
Jang: Whatever. If you want to spend your time looking for movies rather than watching them, that’s your prerogative.
Brenda: Are you really going to let me off so easily? I thought I was in for another one of your lectures.
Jang: You can lead a horse to water, but you can’t make it drink.
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 8.3 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
541 - Reporting the News Author: Center for Educational Development
Fri, Dec 25, 2009Slow dialogue: 1:07
Explanations: 2:52
Fast dialogue: 15:09
I have always wanted to be a news reporter. When I was about 10 years old, I would write my own news stories and publish them in my own newspaper. In reality, the newspaper was just a piece of paper on which I’d written my stories and drew my pictures, but it was my first taste of the power of the press.
When I got to college, I worked on the university newspaper and started out as a copy editor, editing stories and writing headlines. Then, I began to cover news events, getting my first bylines. I can’t tell you how excited I was to see my name in print for the first time!
Since then, I’ve worked at several newspapers. I started out at the bottom, writing obituaries and news briefs. Then, I got a regular beat and wrote some features and investigative reports. I’ve even written the occasional editorial.
What next? You never know in the newspaper business, but I’m shooting for a Pulitzer!
Script by Dr. Lucy Tse
Download File - 7.7 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device) Listen To This Podcast (Streaming Audio)
English Cafe #221 Author: Center for Educational Development
Wed, Dec 23, 2009Topics: Ask an American: Watching TV on the Internet; to search versus to look for versus to seek; pushing up daisies; do you have any idea?
Words:
dominant
programming
to turn to (something)
as opposed to
to cut across generational lines
tech-savvy
I can’t say
probability
indestructible
to come on the scene
to search
to look for
to seek
to push up daisies
Do you have any idea…?
Download File - 15.0 MB (Click to Play on Mobile Device)